Traumatology Orthopaedic EXAM

Work of Balqis, Elissyakira, Katrina, Liu Nian Sheng, Syahmi, Fahim, Nazira,
Izzlin, Ili, Natasyah, Raihan, Hannani, Manushee, Lankanji and Lanka
MOODLES QUESTIONS
5TH YEAR 9TH SEMESTER
Notes for moodle section:

Blue font: answers are confirmed
Red font: error in question (all answers are wrong)
Black font: answers are not confirmed (maybe right, maybe wrong)
CLASS 1 INTRODUCTION TO TRAUMATOLOGY AND ORTHOPEDICS, METHODS OF EXAMINATION OF

PATIENTS, ALGORITHM OF MAKING DIAGNOSIS (85%)
1. Fracture is
Damage to cartilage and articular surfaces of bones
A partial rupture of ligaments surrounding the joint
The displacement of articular surfaces relative to each other
Violation of the integrity of the bones
2. To characterize the fracture, use

The degree of violation of the bloody supply to the bone
The presence and type of displacement of fragments
Its localization
The nature of the damage
3. Types of fractures, depending on the location of damages bone

Diahpyseal
Spiral
Longitudinal
Hammered
4. Types of fractures by origin

Incomplete
Traumatic
Pathological
Complete
5. Violation of bone integrity due to mechanical stress is called a fracture

Acquired
Pathological
Congenital
Traumatic
6. Fracture is called complicated

With a plurality of fragments
When damaged by fragments
In the presence of hematoma
When damaged by fragments of nerves and blood vessels
7. To incomplete include fractures

By the type of green branch
Transverse
Holey
Regional
8. The main mechanism for the development of helical fracture

Compression
Stretching
Twisting
Shear strain
9. The relative shortening of the limbs is determined with

Fracture
Joint contracture
Muscle break
Dislocation
10. Absolute sign of bone fracture

Soft tissue deformation
Pathological mobility of bone fragments
Joint deformity
Edema
11. Fracture-only symptom

Crepitation of bone fragments
Limb dysfunction
Bruise
Swelling
12. Symptom characteristic only for dislocation

Hyperemia
Pain
Spring fixing
Impaired function
13. Pathological dislocation is called

In case of injury
Congenital
Invertebrae
For bone destruction
14. With the integrity of the skin preserved, local pain, crepitus and deformation of the limb are
determined, it can be assumed
Closed fracture
Damage to the ligamentous apparatus
Soft tissue contusion
Dislocation
15. The main instrumental method of research in traumatology is

MRI
Ultrasound
Radiography
Computer tomography
16. Traumatic disease is

Body condition at the time of injury
This is a psycho-emotional state that occurs after an injury
This is a combination of general and local changes, pathological and adaptive reactions that occur in
the body from moment of a mechanical injury to its outcome.
Body condition arising from trauma
17. Reposition is
Acceleration of reparative processes
Transport immobilization
Retention of fragments in a state of reposition
Comparison of fragments
18. Retention is
Acceleration of reparative processes
Restoration of the integrity of the skin
19. Hospital treatment of fracture begins with

Reposition of fragment
Antibiotic therapy
Blood transfusion
Overlay of transport tire
20. In case of a fracture, a plaster cast provides

Stop bleeding
Improved blood supply to the fragments
21. If the fracture is not properly fused

It is necessary to carry out corrective osteotomy and osteosynthesis
22. What tissue of the foot play a major role in origin of transverse flat foot
Plantar aponeurosis
CLASS 2 INJURY OF SHOULDER AND ARMS (>75%)
1. Indicate the absolute indication for surgical treatment of closed shoulder fractures
Supracondylar fracture
Soft tissue interposition
Abduction fracture
Adduction fracture
2. Indicate a reliable sign of fracture of fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus

Severe post-traumatic deformity
Soft tissue wound in the middle third of the shoulder
Swelling
Impaired limb function
3. Indicate intraarticular fractures of the proximal end of the humerus

Transcondylar fracture
Diaphyseal fracture
Fractures of the shoulder head
4. Interposition during fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus is determined by the absence of
Pathological mobility
Angular deformation
Anatomical shortening
Crepitation of fragments
5. What anatomical formation is the proximal shoulder metaphysis?

A surgical neck of a shoulder
The fossa of the ulnar process
Coronary fossa
Condyles of the shoulder
6. What is a fracture called if a distal fragment is inserted into the proximal?

Driven in
Adduction
Abduction
Supination
7. Which symptom is most important in the diagnosis of a diaphysis fracture of the shoulder
Pallor of the skin
Swelling of the tissue of the shoulder
A wound in the middle third of the shoulder
Anatomical shortening of the shoulder
8. Which symptom is reliable for open fractures of the diaphysis of the humerus
Impaired function
Swelling
Pain
Standing in the wound of bone fragments
9. Transport immobilization for fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus

Beller tire (for leg)
Ditrix bus (for lower extremities)
Cramer wire
Plater cast
10. Indicate of reliable radiological sign of a fracture of the humerus

Osteosclerosis
Narrowing of the joint space
The presence of a fracture line
Osteoporosis
11. During transport immobilization of a fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus fix
Shoulder and chest
Shoulder
Shoulder and shoulder girdle
The forearm, shoulder, and shoulder girdle to a healthy shoulder joint
12. With fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus there is no active extension of the hands
In case of damage to the shoulder pronators
With damage to radial nerve
With damage to blood vessels
With damage to the biceps of the shoulder
13. At the scene of an accident with open fractures of the diaphysis of the humerus, it is necessary
Set up a contaminated fragment standing in the wound
Apply a sterile dressing without reduction
Wash off foreign bodies (dirt) from a bone fragment with plain water
Impose transport immobilization
14. Which treatment is mainly used for false joints of the humerus
Physiotheraphy
Skeletal traction
Stimulating theraphy
Surgical treatment
15. Which nerve is most often affected by a fracture of the diaphysis of the shoulder
Ulnar
Fibular
Medial
Radial
16. What anatomical formation is in the proximal shoulder metaphysis

A beam fossa
A surgical neck a of shoulder
The fossa of the ulnar process
Coronary fossa
17. Indicate the location of the surgical neck of the shoulder

Diaphysis of the humerus
Distal metaphysis of the humerus
Proximal metaphysis of the humerus
The proximal epiphysis of the humerus
18. First aid at the scene includes (in case of a fracture of the shoulder)
Closed reposition of fragments
Anesthesia of the fracture site
The imposition of skeletal traction
The imposition of transport immobilization
19. Indicate which dressing is used to treat shoulder fractures

Thoracobrachial
Deso
Coxitic
A harness for gland
20. Supracondylar extension fractures occur when falling on

Retracted arm
A hand bent at the elbow joint
An oversized arm in the elbow joint
Reduced arm
TOPIC 3 INJURY OF FOREARM AND HAND (95%)
1. Most often for plastic surgery of post-traumatic defects of the flexors and extensors fingers used
Tendon of the short fibular muscle (m. Peroneusbrevis)
Tendon of the long palmar muscle (m.Palmarislongus)
Achilles tendon
Acromioclavicular ligament
2. With a fracture of the radial head is sharply limited

Rotation of the forearm
Forearm flexion
Extension of the forearm
All the listed types of movement
3. Transport immobilization with cramer splint for fracture of the forearm

From the tips of the fingers to the elbow joint
From the upper third of the shoulder to the tips of the fingers
From the wrist to the elbow
From the wrist to the upper third of shoulder
4. In case of isolated fractures of the radial diaphysis in the upper third without displacement of
fragments of the forearm, fix in position
In a position midway between supination and pronation
Supination
Flexion
Pronations
5. An external fracture of the radius in a typical place is

Benetta fracture
Coles fracture
A flexion fracture of the radius in a typical place is
Smith fracture
6. A fracture of the radius in a typical place like collis or smith is

Fracture of radial diaphysis
The radius of the radius is 2-2.5cm proximal to the articular gap of the wrist the joint
Fracture of the radius with dislocation of the head of the ulnar bone
Fracture of radial head
7. With the extensor type of fracture, the montage angle between the fragments of the ulna is open
Anterior
Back
Out
Inside
8. Most often from the bones of the wrist breaks

Hook bone
Trihedral bone
Lunar bone
Scaphoid
9. In the treatment dislocations of the bones of the wrist is not used

Rapid reduction of dislocation
Reduction of dislocation by the apparatus extrafocal fixation
Instant reduction
Skeletal traction over the nail phalanges
10. The following types of the dislocations are distinguished

Fresh
Habitual
Stale
All listed
11. The clinic of fractures of the forearm bones includes all the above signs except
Pathological mobility at the fracture level
Pain when loading along the axis of the forearm
Deformation, swelling, increased pain during movement
Springy resistance when trying to bend the forearm in the elbow joint
12. For damage to the tendon of the deep flexor of the finger is not characteristic (forever wrong lol)
Full active extension of the finger
Lack of muscle tone with passive extension of the finger
Lack of muscle tone with passive extension of the finger
The lack of active flexion of the nail phalanx of the finger
13. With the flexion type of fracture of the montages, the shoulder head is dislocated
Out
Anterior
Inside
Back
14. Fracture of the ulna + dislocation of the radial head – this

Fracture of Galeazzi
Fracture of dupuytren
Homers fracture
Fracture of the Montage
15. What fractures of the forearm are characteristic of childhood?

Fractures in the area of the diaphysis by the type of “green branch”
With a shift width
With rotational displacement
With a shift in length
16. What is a Benetta fracture

Fracture of the head of the II metacarpal bone
Fracture of the base of the I metacarpalbone
A fracture of the base of II metacarpal bone
Fracture of the body of the II metacarpal bone
17. With fractures of the metacarpal bones with displacement of fragments is not observed
Hyperextension in the metacarpophalangeal joints
Abduction of the I finger
Shortening of the metacarpal bone
Hyperflexion in the interphalangeal joints
18. The forearm looks elongated when dislocated

Anteriorly
Backward
With bone discrepancy
Inside
19. Dislocations of both bones of the forearm can be

Inside
Anteriorly
With bone discrepancy
Backward
20. The effectiveness of the methods of conservative treatment of extensor tendon ruptures
More than 50%
100%
Less than 50%
70%
TOPIC 4 INJURY OF HIP JOINT, FEMUR AND KNEE JOINT (100%)
1. The advantages of surgical methods for treating femoral neck fractures are all of the following, except
Early activation of the patient is possible
The operation is slightly traumatic
Sufficiently strong fixation of the fragments
Allows you to accurately match the fragments
2. The development of the pseudoarthrosis in case of a fracture of the femoral neck in the elderly and
senile age is due to all of the listed symptoms, except
Insufficient reposition of fragments
Early load on the injured limb
Unstable fixation of fragments
Circulatory disorders of the head and neck of the thigh
3. Which symptom is most characteristic of a hip fracture

Swelling
A symptom of a “sticking heel”
The inability to step on the foot
Restriction of movements
4. What symptoms are significant for hip fractures

Pain
Crepitation of fragments
The inability to step on foot
Restriction of function
5. For anterior dislocation of the femoral head is characterized by deformation

Flexion, abduction, external rotation
Extension, abduction, internal rotation
Flexion, reduction, internal rotation
Extension, reduction, external rotation
6. Thigh dislocation further tactics

Bed rest
Walking on crutches without strain on the leg
Gypsum immobilization
Skeletal traction
7. An indication for endoprosthetics for fractures of the femoral neck and false joints in old people is all
of the above, except
Aseptic necrosis of the head and neck of the thigh
Violation of the blood supply to the femoral head
An overgrown fracture (false joint) of the femoral neck
Subcapital fracture of the femoral neck
8. What is the name of pathological condition in which the joint contains blood
Bruising
Synovitis
Hemarthrosis
Hematoma
9. A feature of transverse fractures in the elderly and senile is all of the above, except
All of the above
Good blood supply to the fragments
Fractures are well fused
Amenable to conservative methods of treatment
10. As evidenced by the symptom of the “front drawer” injuries of the knee joint
Rupture of the posterior cruciate ligament
Meniscus rupture
Rupture of the anterior cruciate ligament
Rupture of the internal lateral ligament
11. Among the symptoms, highlight the one that is not characteristic of fractures of the femoral neck
Relative shortening of the limb (this is sign of dislocation)
Pain in the hip joint, aggravated bymovement
Painful palpation of the hip joint
The patient cannot independently rotate or raise his leg
12. The patient has a fracture of the patella with a discrepancy of fragments of 5mm. What treatment
method is indicated to the patient
Surgical treatment
Plaster cast
Splint
Skeletal traction
13. What cause the long term consolidation of hip fractures

The neck is short
Poor blood supply
The neck is not covered by periosteum
Located intraarticularly
14. With clinical detection of fluid in the knee joint, the following measures are taken
Tight bandaging of the knee joint
Surgical treatment
Puncture of the knee joint with subsequent examination of the fluid
15. A patient has a hip fracture in the lower third with displacement of fragments, intensification of pain,
coolong of the foot was noted, a pronounced pallor of the skin of the leg appeared, what complication
are we talking about
Compression or thrombosis of the popliteal artery
Lymphostasis
The appearance of inflammation if the fracture zone
An increase in edema
16. The main tasks of transport immobilization in fractures of limb bones

Prevention of the development of acute cardiovascular failure
Prevention of severe shock
Preventing development of secondary displacement of bone fragments
Preventing the development of infection in the wound
17. A reliable sign of rupture of the internal meniscus of the knee joint
Pain
Joint blockage
Local edema
18. With clinical detection of blood in the knee joint, the following measures are taken
Puncture of the knee joint
Tight bandaging of the knee joint
Surgical treatment
19. Indication for limb immobilization

Bruises of soft tissues
Injury to large vessels and nerves -
Extensive soft tissue injuries
Bone fractures
20. What is the method of choice in the treatment of patellar fractures without displacement
Immobilization with plaster cast with preliminary reposition
Surgical treatment
Bed rest without immobilization of 4-6 weeks
Immobilization with a plaster cast with an unbent position of the lower leg without reposition
TOPIC 5 INJURY OF LEG, ANKLE AND FOOT (95%)
1. The optimal method of treatment of helical shin bone fractures with displacement of fragments is
Skeletal; traction + plaster cast
Plaster cast
Osteosynthesis operation
Compression – distraction methods
2. For ankle hemarthrosis, the leading symptom is

Accumulation of blood in the joint cavity
Bruising
Pain
3. Violation of blood circulation in the limb after repositioning and applying a fixing gypsum dressing for
fractures of the ankle joint is possible due to all of the above reasons except
The imposition of external fixation devices
Multiple repositions
Compression with a plaster cast
The use of a circular plaster cast
4. The optimal method for the treatment of open fractures of the lower leg bones with displacement of
fragments is
Primary surgical treatment intramedullary osteosynthesis
Primary surgical treatment, the application of skeletal traction
The imposition of a compression-distraction apparatus after the initial surgical treatment
Primary surgical treatment, fracture reposition, application of a split plaster cast from the upper third of
the thigh to the tips of the toes
5. Oblique (helical) fracture of the lower leg bones have a typical displacement
Any of the options is possible
The central fragment of the tibia is displaced in length, outward, the peripheral fragment is displaced
inward
The central fragment of tibia which has shifted in length, is located inside and anteriorly, the
peripheral fragment is displaced and rotates outward
The central fragment of the tibia is shifted in length and width, rotates inwards, the peripheral
fragment is shifted anteriorly and rotates inwards
6. The treatment of compression fracture of the tibial condyle with displacement of fragments is
preferred
Closed compression-distraction osteosynthesis of tibial fractures
Arthrotomy, removal of damaged menisci raising the settled condyles, osteosynthesis
Manual reduction of fractures of the condyles of the tibia
Skeletal traction over the supradermal region or calcaneal
7. Damage to the internal condyle of the tibia that occurred during excessive addiction is accompanied
by
Damage to the cruciate ligaments
Damage to the lateral ligament of knee joint
Damage to the external peroneal ligament, the anterior cruciate ligament and the inner meniscus
Damage to the lateral and cruciate ligaments
8. What are the indication for surgical treatment of the diaphyseal fractures of the lower leg bones
Helical fracture
Interposition
A false joint
Damage to the neurovascular bundle
9. Clinically, the axis of the lower extremity passes through all of the following formations, except
Anterior-superior iliac spine
The first toe
The outer edge of the patella
The inner edge of the patella
10. The treatment of leg fractures in the elderly and old people mainly use all of the above methods,
except
Hardware treatment
Surgical treatment
Application of lightweight plaster cast
Low-traumatic simultaneous reduction
11. Skeletal traction for the calcaneus is used for

Fractures of the lower leg bones in the upper third
Fractures of the lower leg bones at any level
An isolated fracture of the fibula
Lower leg third bone fractures
12. In which direction does the subluxation of the foot occur more often when the deltoid ligament
ruptures
Out
Inside
Back
Anterior
13. Signs of calcaneus fractures are

Pain in the calcaneus, compaction of the arch of the foot, deformation if the ankle joint, omission of
the tips of the ankles in the side of calcaneus fracture
Pain in the area of the calcaneus, lack of ankle deformation
Ankle hemarthrosis, compaction of the inner arch of the foot
Deformation of the ankle joint and displacement of the inner ankle up
14. Rupture of the deltoid ligament is most often accompanied by

Metatarsal fracture
Fractures in calcaneus and talus
Rupture of the tibiofibular syndesmosis
Rupture of the external ligaments of the ankle joint
15. Treatment of soft tissues injuries of the foot includes all of the following except
Applying a pressure bandage
Physiotherapy
The use of cold in the acute period
The use of x-ray therapy
16. Reliable signs of diaphyseal fracture of the lower leg bones are
Bruising
Edema
Local temperature increase above the damage site
17. The patient has an open fracture of the lower leg with signs of external bleeding, what manipulation
will you start with
Applying a tourniquet
Reduction of the fracture
Tire overlay
Anesthesia
18. Mechanism of pro national fracture dislocation in the ankle joint

Separation of the inner ankle at the base or at the ligament attachment site
Pronation of the hindfoot
Fibula fracture
Tension of the deltoid ligament
19. In case of ankle fracture with displacement, it is shown

Skeletal traction
Closed reposition according to emergency indications
Open metal osteosynthesis after edema subsides
Gypsum immobilization. Closed reposition after edema subsides
20. The safest method of drug therapy recommended for independent use by patient with osteoarthritis is
The use of hormonal drugs
Local use of creams and ointments with NSAIDs
Oral administration of NSAIDs in short courses with exacerbation of synovitis
Long term used of chondroprotector
TOPIC 6 INJURY OF THORAX (100%)
1. With vagosympathetic blockade, the needle injection level corresponds to

The intersection point of the external jugular vein with the posterior edge of the sternocleidomastoid
muscle
All of the above
The level of the hyoid bone along the posterior edge of the sternocleidomastoid muscle
The border of the upper and middle third of the sternocleidomastoid muscle
2. With unilateral vagosympathetic blockade, a solution of novocaine is used

0.25% - 50 ml
0.5% - 20ml
0.25% - 100ml
1% - 30 ml
3. What reliable sign indicates a fracture of the ribs

Swelling
Bruising
Weakening of breathing
4. As evidenced by paradoxical breathing in fractures of the ribs

The presence of pneumothorax
The presence of hemopneumothorax
The presence of hemothorax
The presence of a terminal fracture of the ribs
5. Along which edge of the ribs is the costal artery

Inward
The upper
Outdoor
Lower
6. What subcutaneous emphysema of the chest says

Damage to the pericardium
Lung damage
Damage only to the pleura
Damage to the lung and pleura
7. Which is not reliable sign of a fracture of the ribs

Pain
Crepitus
Bruising
8. Indication for thoracotomy with hemothorax are

Curled hemothorax
Ongoing intrapleural bleeding
Large hemothorax
Hemopheumothorax
9. As evidenced by tympanitis over the area of the lung

Hydrothorax
Bronchiectasis
Hydrothorax
Pneumothorax
10. Paradoxical breathing occurs

With internal valve pneumothorax
With double “fenestrated” fractures of the ribs
With open pneumothorax
With multiple fractures of the ribs
11. The symptom of “interrupted inspiration” is characteristic of a fracture

Scapula
Ribs
Shoulder
Clavicle
12. An open chest injury is considered penetrating

With damage to the damage to the chest wall without pleural injury
When injured with damage to internal organs
When injured without damage to the parietal pleura
In case of damage without violating the integrity of the integumentary tissues
13. Pneumothorax is a symptom complex

Multiple fracture of the ribs
Accumulation of air in the pleural cavity
Mechanical obstruction in the airways
Accumulation of blood in the pleural cavity
14. Closed pneumothorax is characterized

The lack of communication of the external environment with the pleural cavity
An increase in heart and respiratory failure
Communication of the external environment with the pleural cavity on inspiration
Constant communication of the external environment with the pleural cavity
15. Open pneumothorax is characterized

The lack of communication of the external environment with the pleural cavity on inspiration
16. Valvular pneumothorax is characterized

The lack of communication of the external environment with the pleural cavity
Communication of the external environment with the pleural cavity on inspiration
17. Pneumothorax is clinically manifested

Boxed percussion sound on the affected side
Weakening of breathing on the side of the lesion
Shortening of percussion sound on the affected side
Increased breathing on the affected side
18. With pneumothorax, radiologically determined

Collapse of the lung on the side of the lesion
Displacement of the mediastinum in a healthy direction
Focal shadows in the lungs
The presence of fluid in the pleural cavity
19. Lung collapse is it

Decline
Inflammation
Bruise
Necrosis
20. As evidenced by hemoptysis with chest injury

Lung damage
TOPIC 7 INJURY OF VERTEBRA (100%)
1. When applying a corset in patients with spinal injury, the corset must meet the requirements
Should tightly fit the front-side sections of the chest
All of the above requirements
Must prevent pressure on the front-side sections of the ribs
Have good support on the bones of the pelvis
2. What bend has the thoracic spine normal

Lordosis
Scoliosis
Kyphosis
Listesis
3. Vertebrae are connected most movably

On the border of the cervical and thoracic regions
In the lumbar
In the thoracic region
In the cervical region
4. What type of breathing is characteristic for injuries of the cervical spine with tetraplegia
Paradox breath
Abdominal
Thoracic
Mixed
5. With a fracture of the lumbar spine, traction is used

Skeletal traction beyond the supracondylar region of both thighs
Skeletal traction beyond the parietal tubercles
Straps for armpits
A glisson loop
6. What are the indications for the method of gradual reduction of spinal fractures
Vertebral fractures with spinal cord dysfunction
Compression fracture III tbsp. without impaired spinal cord function
Damage to the posterior supporting complex with impaired spinal cord function
Stable compression fractures of the vertebrae I-II art. without impaired spinal cord function
7. Choose the best method of transport immobilization for fracture of the lumbar spine
Lying on your back
Lying on his back with a roller under the lower back
Sitting
Lying on its side
8. Vertebral fractures-dislocations are most common in

Cervical spine
Lower thoracic department
Lumbar
The upper thoracic region
9. With fresh fractures of the lumbar vertebrae does not apply

Massage
Electrical stimulation of the lumbar muscles
Physiotherapy
Therapeutic exercises
10. If a dislocation occurred between the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, then a dislocated vertebra is
considered
6th vertebra
5th vertebra
7th vertebra
4th vertebra
11. Transport a patient with a fracture of the spine regardless of the level of damage should
Lying on your back
Lying on its side
Lying on his stomach
With legs bent at the knee and hip joints
12. Indicate unstable spinal damage

“Explosive fracture of the vertebral body”
Fracture of the spinous process
Vertebral arch fracture
Compression fracture of the vertebral body of i-ii art
13. Indicate the number of vertebrae that make up the human spine
33-34
28-30
30-33
33-36
14. Indicate the movements of the spine

Flexion and extension only in the sagittal plane. Rotational movements. Spring movements
Bending and extension in the sagittal, lateral inclinations in the frontal plane. Rotational movements.
Spring movements
Flexion and extension in the sagittal and frontal plane. Rotational movements
Flexion and extension only in the frontal plane. Rotational movements. Spring movements
15. What forms the spinal canal?

Vertebral arches, posterior longitudinal ligament, yellow ligament, articular processes
Arches of the vertebrae, posterior longitudinal ligament, yellow ligaments
Vertebral arches only
Posterior longitudinal ligament, yellow ligament choice
16. At what level of the spine does the spinal cord end?
At level 5 of the lumbar vertebra
Between I and II lumbar vertebrae
At level 3 of the lumbar vertebra
At level 11 of the thoracic vertebra
17. Indicate which spinal fractures are classified as unstable

Fractures accompanied by damage to 2 support complexes of the front, middle or rear, middle, or all
3 support complexes
Fractures with damage to the anterior and posterior support complex
Fractures with damage only to the middle supporting complex
Fractures with damage only to the front and rear support complex
18. What is the main diagnostic method for identifying spinal fractures
X-ray
Clinical
Scintigraphy
Magnetic resonance therapy
19. What applies to closed spinal cord injury?

Hematomyelia
Spinal cord
Shock, bruise, compression of the spinal cord
Spinal cord compression only
20. When a patient enters a medical institution with a spinal injury, which method will identify existing
neurological complications?
General clinical
Magnetic resonance imaging
Contrasting diagnostic methods
Radiographic
TOPIC 8 INJURY OF PELVIS AND INTERNAL ORGANS (85%)
1. How much novocaine is administered during pelvic anesthesia according to the Schoolchildren-
Selianov method
120-150ml.
150-200ml.
250-300ml.
80-100ml.
2. A fracture of one of the branches of the pubic bone on the one hand and the sciatic bone-on the other
hand refers to
Damage of the malgeni.
Fractures of the pelvic ring without violating its continuity.
Regional fractures.
Damage to the violation of the continuity of the pelvic ring.
3. Pelvic fractures occur with all of the above mechanisms, except

Compression of the bones of the pelvis.
Breeding of the bones of the pelvis.
Twisting the bones of the pelvis.
Direct impact on the pelvis.
4. Most often with pelvic fractures are damaged

The bladder.
The prostrate in men and the ovaries in women.
The distal part of the urethra.
The urethra, its prostatic part.
5. Of the following symptoms indicating damage to the pelvic organs are not the main
The presence of the blood in the urine,
Delay in self urination.
Blood of the peripheral opening of the urethra.
A symptom of a deficiency when filling with a fluid of the bladder and its removal.
6. Fractures accompanied by rupture of the pelvic ring include

Fracture of the pubic and sciatic bones on one side.
Fracture of the pubic bone.
Fracture of the iliac wing.
Fracture of the edge of the acetabulum
7. What damage each half of the pelvis is associated with the sacrum on only one side (forever wrong
lol)
Vertical fracture of the ilium.
Vertical fracture of the sacrum.
A butterfly-type fracture.
One-or bilateral fracture of the ischial bones.
8. With intrapelvic anesthesia, the novocaine solution is administered according to the Schoolnikov-
Selivanov method
0.25%
2%
0.5%
1%
9. In what position is the patient transported with damage to the pelvic bones
Semi-sitting position
Lying on the stomach
Lying on your back
In the position of Volkovich
10. Which symptoms is reliable for pelvic fractures

A symptom of a “stuck” heel.
Deformation of the pelvis
Edema
Pain.
11. In case of fractures of the anterior superior iliac spine, patients prefer to walk with their back forward.
This symptoms is called
A symptom of Horner.
A symptom of Silin.
A symptom of Beller.
A symptom of Lozinsky.
12. All listed except for (forever wrong lol)

Fractures of the pubic bones.
Tailbone fractures.
Fractures of the spine.
Fractures of the ischial tubercles.
13. Not accompanied by rupture of the pelvic ring

Fracture of the pubic and ischial bones on one side.
Rupture of the sacroiliac joint on one side.
Fracture of the bottom of the acetabulum.
Rupture of the pubic joint and fracture of the ilium.
14. What hip dislocation can most often be accompanied by an acetabular fracture (forever wrong lol)
Posterior
Central
Anterior
Anteroposterior
15. Skeletal traction for acetabular fractures should be carried out for
Tibial tuberosity
Large trochanter
Epicondyles of the thigh
Calcaneus
16. Fractures of which part of the pelvis are intraarticular

Acetabulum
Ilium
The sacrum
Pubic bones
17. For pain relief of the pelvic fractures is used

Case block by Vishnevsky
Presacral blockade
Blockade on a Shkolnikov-Selivanov
Blockade of Algover
18. With a fracture of one of the branches of the pubic bone

Shows KT.
Only surgical treatment is indicated.
The integrity of the pelvic is broken.
The integrity of the pelvic bone is not broken
19. In case of the acetabular fracture with significant displacement of fragments

Surgical treatment is indicated.
Treatment is not carried out.
Conservative treatment is indicated.
Sent to the emergency room on their own.
20. Symptom characteristic of a pelvic fracture

Muscle tension of the anterior abdominal wall.
Urge to urinate.
Symptom of Larrey.
Crepitus in the upper third of the thigh.
ТЕМА 9 TREATMENT OF WOUND. OPEN INJURIES OF BONE AND JOINT
1. Type of wound in relation to body cavities

Through
Penetrating
Blind
Tangent
2. Type of gunshot wounds by a damaging factor

From the action of a secondary fragment
Wound with balls
Wounds by swept elements
Bullet
3. Type of wound by their microbial contamination

Bacterial contaminated
Chronic
Aseptic
Atrophic
4. Bacterial contaminated wound characterized by

Microbial seeding below a critical level
Accidental occurrence
The development of clinically pronounced inflammation
Lack of germs
5. Purulent wounds are characterized by

Lack of germs
Healing by primary intentions
The absence of clinically pronounced inflammation
The presence of purulent exudates
6. For aseptic wound are characteristic

Primary intension healing
The development of clinically pronounced inflammation
The presence of purulent exudates
Microbial seeding above critical level
7. Primary purulent wound are characterized by

Healing through suppuration (secondary tension)
Microbial seeding above critical level
Microbial seeding below critical level
The formation of purulent exudates in the process of its treatment
8. Secondary wounds are characterized by

Healing through suppuration (secondary tension)
Microbial seeding below a critical level
The formation of purulent exudates in the process of its treatment
The presence of purulent exudates in the moment of it occurrence
9. Factors that slows down and complicates the wound

Diabetes mellitus
Hypertension
Hyperthyroidism
Menopause
10. Primary delayed suture impose

4-5 days after injury
With a high risk of suppuration of wound
On the purulent wound in place of inflammation
On the first day of initial surgical treatment of wound
11. First aid measures for open joint injuries including all the following except
Analgesics therapy
Antibiotic prophylaxis
Final stop of treatment
Temporary bleeding
12. With purulent damage to joint structures after open joint damage develops.
Primary osteoarthritis
Purulent arthritis
Reactive synovitis
Hemoarthrosis
13. The varieties of open joint damage include all of the pathologies except
Open dislocations
Open intraarticular fractures
Open diaphyseal fractures
Penetrating stab wounds of the joints
14. A reliable clinical sign of penetrating wound of a joint is

The allocation of a venous blood frm the wound
The standing of bone fragments from the wound
Release of sinovial fluid from the wound
The isolation of bone marrow from the wound
15. Penetrating wound of a joint is a joint damage in which the integrity is violated
Spongy bone
Periarticular ligaments
Skin integument
Articular capsule
16. When conducting a pho of a gunshot wound, excision of the edges of the skin is contra indicated
On the face
On the foot
On the brush
On the fingers of the brush
17. Damage in which traumatic dissociation of articular surfaces is combined with violation of the
integrity of the skin in the affected joint is called;
Open dislocation
Complicated dislocation
Open fracture
Periarticular fracture
18. When conducting specialized trauma care for patient with open intraarticular fractures, thats right,
except,
The joint cavity is subject to drainage
Small bone fragments to be removed
Massive plated are used for ostesynthesis
Preference is given to external fixation device
19. With gunshot joint damage all is except, except

Flow flushing drainage of the joint is indicated
The wound is bacterial contaminated
The overlay of the primary seam is often show
Repeated surgical treatments are often necessary
20. With the development of a purulent infection after open joint damage, the following is shown
Secondary surgical treatment
Primary amputation
Transport amputation
Primary surgical treatment
TOPIC 10 BLEEDING (95%)
1. For the purpose of hemostasis, a pressure dressing is applied

To prevent the development of bleeding after surgery
With capillary bleeding
With arterial bleeding
With parenchymal bleeding; with venous bleeding
2. Esmarch’s tourniquet overlay is indicated when

Traumatic amputation of a limb
Parenchymal bleeding
Acute ascending thrombophlebitis
Capillary bleeding
3. Stopping bleeding by finger pressing the vessel at certain points is possible because
It does not require economic costs
At this point the artery lies to the bone
It does not disturb blood circulation in the distal parts
In this place the vessel has a superficial location
4. Laboratory evidence indicates bleeding

Decrease in the number of red blood cells in the peripheral blood
Increase in specific gravity of blood
Increase in hemoglobin in peripheral blood
Increase in hematocrit
5. The resumption of bleeding from a wound in the form of a pulsating scarlet stream half an hour after
hemostasis is
External late secondary arterial bleeding
External early secondary arterial bleeding
External early secondary venous bleeding
External primary arterial bleeding
6. Algover’s shock index is a ratio

Heart rate to respiratory rate
Pulse to diastolic blood pressure
Systolic blood pressure to the pulse
Pulse to systolic blood pressure
7. Factor determining the outcome of bleeding

The effectiveness of adaptation mechanisms to blood loss
Age
General condition of the body
Volume and speed of blood loss
8. For the purpose of hemostasis, maximum limb flexion is used

With bleeding from wounds in the area of the hand and foot
With arterial bleeding from the vessels of the leg
With bleeding from the vessels of the thigh
With capillary bleeding in the forearm
9. In acute blood loss, death occurs due to

Acute cardiovascular failure
Hypoxemia
Respiratory acidosis
Anemia
10. Ways to temporarily stop bleeding are

Vascular suture
Applying a tourniquet
Vascular patching
Applying a clamp to a vessel in a wound
11. Hemostatic tourniquet is applied in case of arterial bleeding

At the base of the limb
Directly to the wound
Proximal wounds as close to her
Distal to the wound
12. The duration of retention of the hemostatic tourniquet in summer is

1 hour
1.5 hour
2 hour
2.5 hour
13. The method of finally stopping bleeding is

Bandaging the vessel in the wound
Maximum limb flexion
The elevated position of the limb
Tamponade wounds
14. Do not apply a hemostatic tourniquet

On the lower third of the thigh
On the middle third of the thigh
On the middle third of the leg
On the middle third of the shoulder
15. Methods of mechanical final hemostasis

Application of a tourniquet
Diathermocoagulation
Plugging a wound
Vascular suture
16. The application of a hemostatic tourniquest is indicated

With capillary bleeding
When bleeding from the main vessel
When bleeding from an ulcer on the leg
With increasing hematoma
17. Criterion for correct application of a hemostatic tourniquet

Stopping bleeding
Loss of sensation distal to the tourniquet
Blanching and cooling of the limb
Cyanosis of the skin distal to the tourniquet
18. Tissue blood supply is least disturbed

With ligation of the vessel throughout
When ligation of a vessel in a wound
When applying a vascular suture
When flashing a vessel
19. About the injury of the main vessel of the limb say
Weakening of pulsation of the artery distal to the site of injury
The presence of a pulsating hematoma in the wound area
Hypotension
Bleeding from a wound in the projection of the vessel
20. Complications when stopping bleeding with a tourniquet

Flaccid paralysis of the limb
Turnstile shock
Ischemic necrosis of limb muscles
Anaerobic infection
TOPIC 11 POLYTRAUMA, METHODS OF DIAGNOSIS OF MULTIPLE AND ASSOCIATED INJURY, TRAUMATIC

SHOCK (86.67%)
1. Acute vascular insufficiency underlies

Shock
Coma
Collapse
Pulmonary embolism
2. Specify the method of end hemostasis in case of injury to the common carotid artery
Tamponade wounds
Vascular suture
Bandaging the wound
Applying a clamp to a bleeding vessel
3. Vascular suture for hemostasis is applied when damaged

The main vessel
Capillary
Arterioly
Veins
4. For hemostasis in acute bleeding, it is primarily necessary overfill

Plasma and whole blood
Glucose solution
Erythrocyte mass
Leukocyte mass
5. Danger of bleeding consist in the development

Shock, collapse, anemia, compression of vital organs
Shock, anemia, leukopenia
Shock, collapse, true aneurysm
Collapse, impaired organs function, asphyxiation
6. What bleeding is distinguished by the time of appearance

Primary, secondary early, secondary late
Long term
Acute, chronic, recurrent
Profuse intense, non intense
7. Indicate a slight degree of blood loss along the upper boundaries of the BCC (forever wrong lol)
Up to 25%
Up to 20%
Up to 10%
Up to 15%
8. What bleeding is distinguished by anatomical classification

Arterial, venous, capillary, parenchymal
Primary, secondary
Hidden internal, hidden external
Early, late
9. Hypovolemic shock therapy begins with the introduction of

Isotonic saline and erythrocyte mass
Sodium bicarbonate and calcium chloride solution
Reopolyglyukina and adrenaline
Erythrocyte mass and plasma
10. In shock, drugs should be administered

Intravenously
Subcutaneously
Intramuscularly
Intraaortic
11. Extracardial obstructive shock develops (forever wrong lol)

With cardiac tamponade
With a restrain diaphragmatic hernia
With massive pulmonary thromboembolism
With intense pneumothorax
12. The basis of the pathogenesis of hypovolemic shock is

Impaired pumping function of the heart
Violation of the electrolyte composition of the blood
Decrease in the volume of circulating blood
Decrease in vascular tone
13. Cardiogenic shock develops

With arrhythmia
With massive blood loss
With myocardial infarction
With peritonitis
14. The basis of the pathogenesis of cardiogenic shock

Impaired pumping function of the heart
Violation of the electrolyte composition of the blood
Decrease in the volume of circulating blood
Decrease in vascular tone
15. Hypovolemic shock develop

With massive blood loss
With peritonitis
In acute dehydration
With pancreatic necrosis
5TH YEAR 10TH SEMESTER
TOPIC 13 CRUSH SYNDROME (100%)
1. On pathogenesis of long-pressure syndrome similar

Syndrome with positional compression syndrome
With hemorrhagic shock
With diabetic foot syndrome
With acute dehydration
With turnstile (recirculation)
2. SDS developes after

Release from under the squeezing object and recirculation
Recovery of central hemodynamics
The appearance of signs of renal failure
Compression of tissues and circulatory disorders in them
3. The main link in the pathogenesis of traumatic toxicosis

Entry of toxic metabolites into the general bloodstream
Pain due to trauma to nerve formations
The entry into the general bloodstream of tissue breakdown products
Plasma loss; anaphylaxis reaction
4. The development of the positive pressure syndrome is due to endotoxiciosis in connection with the
tissue tissue
Due to prolonged non-physiological position of the body
Due thrombosis or embolism of the main artery
Due to their massive compression
Due to the prolonged retention of hemostatic tourniquet
5. VDS arises when pressing tissues at least

2-3 hours
5 minutes
30 minutes
1 hour
1.5 hours
6. Periods of traumatic toxicosis

Intermediate
Chronic
Early
Acute
7. Early period of traumatic toxicosis dures

1-3 days
From 4 weeks to 2-3 months
4-20 days
7-10 days
8. For the early period of crash-syndrome characteristic

Development of renal failure
The development of necrosis of muscle tissue
Development of compartment syndrome
Appearance of vascular insufficiency
9. At crash syndrome int the intermediate period of disease

Vascular insufficiency appears
Muscle tissue necrosis develops
Renal failure develops
Edema builds up
10. Causes of crush syndrome are as follow except

Pneumatic antishock garment
Head trauma with coma
Improper positioning of surgical patient
Car accident
TOPIC 14 WOUND INFECTION AND SEPSIS (100%)
1. By sepsis is understood the presence

The focus of infection and the syndrome of the systemic inflammatory response of the body (sirs)
Two or more criteria for a systemic reaction to inflammation
Viable bacteria in the patient’s blood
A systemic reaction to inflammation within 10 days
2. In the development of sepsis, the decisive are

The reactivity of the body
The condition of the focus of infection
The presence of concomitant pathology
The nature of microflora
3. With sepsis, septicemia is said when there is

Bacteremia
The presence of purulent metastases
Fever
Violation of the function of organs and systems
4. In sepsis, it is advisable to administer antibiotics

Intravenously
Subcutaneously
Orally
Intramuscularly
5. The main habitats of anaerobes in humans

The large intestines
The oral cavity
The uterus and appendages
Lungs
6. For the development of anaerobic infections are favorable

Tissue hypoxia
Weakening of immunity
Local circulation disorder
Negative redox potential of tissues
7. Anaerobic infection is caused by

Clostridial microorganisms
E. coli
Staphylococci
Bacteroids
8. Signs of gas formation during anaerobic infection

Symptom of crepitation
Severe intoxication
Regional lymphadenitis
Gas evolution during tissue dissection
9. With tetanus during height of the most pronounced

Convulsive syndrome
Abdominal syndrome
Neurovegenative syndrome
Pain syndrome
10. With tetanus, convulsive syndrome is caused

Toxins of the tetanus pathogen
Thyroid hormones
Tissue breakdown products
Endorphins
11. Specific treatments for tetanus include

Introduction of tetanus immunoglobulins
Immunostimulation with toxoid
Rational antibiotic therapy
Relieving seizures
12. A wound with local signs of inflammation / infiltration, redness /, and sometimes in combination with
general manifestations of the infection is called
Purulent
Bacterially contaminated
Freshly infected
Conditionally aseptic
13. For prophylaxis of tetanus, the dose of tetanus human immunoglobulin is

1000 units
400 units
150,000 units
300 units
14. The development of a wound infection / incubation period / on average occurs through
6-8 hours
3-5 hours
30 minutes
1-2 hours
15. Tissue less resistant to the development and spread of infection
Fatty fiber
Peritoneum
Aponeurosis
Muscles
16. Mechanism of the origin of abscess in bodies at septicopiemia

Bacterial embolism
Fat embolism
Tissue embolism
Thromboembolism
17. A sepsis form which metastatic abscesses arise

Septicopyemia
Septicemia
Chroniosepsis
Surgical sepsis
18. Difference of sepsis from other infectious diseases

Immunity is not developed
The pathogen is strictly specific
Leaves strong immunity
Contagious
19. Clinical and morphological form of sepsis

Septic endocarditis
Recurrent-warty endocarditis
Septic endometritis
Odontogenic sepsis
20. Types of anaerobic surgical infection

Gas gangrene
Osteomyelitis
Bone tuberculosis
phlegmon
TOPIC 15 PURULENT COMPLICATIONS OF FRACTURES, TRAUMATIC OSTEOMYELITIS (100%)
1. Reconstructive surgery is indicated

As early as possible in the acute phase of the process
Never held
In the chronic phase of process
Always, regardless of the phase of the process
2. Acute hematogenous osteomyelitis manifest its

Elevated temperature
The presence of fistula
Clinic of acute purulent process
The presence of sequestration
3. Acute purulent inflammation of wounds is most often determined by the following pathogens
Staphylococcus aures and streptococcus
Proteus and non-clostridial anaerobes
Psudemonas aeruginosa
Non-clostridial anaerobes
4. Duration of antibiotic therapy in the treatment of osteomyelitis
5 - 7 days
3 weeks
2 -3 weeks
4 - 6 weeks
5. With a Brody abscess (limited hematogenous osteomyelitis), there is

Many years
Lesion of the epiphyses of the tibia, radius and other bones
Night pains and fever
All of the above
6. The sequestral box is

Diaphysis bone box
Conglomerate of 3 to 4 sequestration
Proliferation of the cancellous bone bordering the purulent focus
A clot of pus containing sequestration
7. In acute phase of osteomyelitis are shown

Sanitation operations and drainage of the outbreak
As early as possible revision of the neurovascular bundle and
reconsructive surgery
Site rehabilitation, reconstructive surgery and drainage
Suturing wounds without drainage
8. Surgical treatment of chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis involves

Segmental bone resection
Submersible metal osteosynthesis
Sequestrectomy
Bone grafting
9. Chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis should be differentiated

With of all of the above
With echinicoccus bone
With a Brody abscess and sclerosing osteomyelitis Garre
With osteogenic sarcoma
10. Terms of reconstructive operations for chronic gunshot osteomyelitis

Up to 30 days
6 - 8 months
1 - 2 months
4 months
11. On decisive importance for the diagnosis of chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis is

Clinical manifestations
X-ray examination
Rehovasography
Sowing contents from a wound
12. Clinical sign of chronic osteomyelitis

The presence of a fistula
Pathological fracture
Temperature increase
Intoxication
13. The main causative agent of osteomyelitis is

E-coli
Staphylococcus
Bacteroids
Streptococcus
14. Active drainage includes

Flow-washing
Capillary
Tube bundle
Gravity
15. Acute hematogenous osteomyelitis mainly affects

The entire length of the bone
Diaphysis
Apophis
Metaphysis
16. Sequastration is
Fibrposis site
Bone lacking blood supply
A piece of bone washed by pus
Free fragment of dead bone
17. Subperiostal abscess is characterized by

The presence of the Cadman triangle (visor symptom)
Thickening of the periosteum
Needle periostitis (spicule in the form of a stockade)
Local temperature and pain bursting
18. Central sequestration is

Sequestration coming from the brain cavity of the bone
Sequestration capturing the central part of the bone (diaphysis)
Sequestraion in the center of the purulent cavity
Abscess
19. Severe pain in acute hematogenous osteomyelitis due to inflammation

Bones
Periosteum
Soft tissue
Bone marrow
20. By surgical treatment of a purulent wound is understood

Late surgical treatment
Secondary surgical treatment
Wide dissection of the wound with the opening of pockets and sagging and excision of all necrotic
non-viable and pus-impregnated tissue
Initial deferred processing
TOPIC 16 DELAYED UNION, NON UNION, PSEUDO ARTHROSIS, MALUNION (95%)
1. Determine the delayed consolidation in the absence of fracture fusion through

Two months after an injury
The average fracture fusion term for a given location
Double average statistical term of fusion of a fracture of a given localisation
Three months after the injury
2. An overgrown fracture is considered the absence of fusion through
Four months after the injury
Double average statistical term of fusion of a fracture of a given localisation
The average fracture fusion term for a given location
Three months after the injury
3. A sign of a false joint is *notsure*

The presence of incomplete fusion of the fracture
The lack of bone marrow
Closure of the bone marrow canals in the fracture area
The presence of a line of bone fracture
4. The main causes of pseudoarthrosis are

The presence of mobility between fragments
Infectious complications
The age of the patient
The imposition of skeletal traction
5. According to the type of formation, the false joints are divided into
Atrophic
Normotrophic
Congenital
Fibrous
6. Pseudoarthrosis, characterized by rapid growth of bone tissue at the fracture site, a significant
expansion of the contacting ends of the fragments with paraossal oblique strata, are referred to
Atrophic
Normotrophic
Hypertrophic
Congenital
7. With delayed fracture consolidation

Conservative treatment is ineffective
Conservative treatment is possible
It is necessary to carry out bone grafting of the fracture zone
It is necessary to impose the Ilizarov apparatus
8. In the treatment of non-consolidated fractures, the doctor must

Continue immobilisation with a plaster cast
Carry out osteosynthesis, ensuring stable fixation of fragments
Apply skeletal traction
Prescribe stimulating physiotherapy
9. If the fracture is not properly fused

Conservative treatment is ineffective
It is necessary to carry out corrective osteotomy and osteosynthesis
Conservative treatment is possible
It is necessary to carry out bone grafting of the fracture zone
10. List the radiological criteria for fracture consolidation

Preservation of the cortical layer defect at the fracture level
The absence of interfragmental gap, close to a uniform density of bone callus, restoration of the
medullary canal and cortical layer at the fracture level
Poorly defined, non-uniform density bone marrow
The presence of a gap between bone fragments
11. What are the factors contributing to the consolidation of bone fragments
Exact reduction of bone fragments (elimination of bias), correctly performed and stable immobilisation
sufficient in time, adequate blood supply bone fragments
Early functional load with insufficiently stable fixation
Short immobilisation
Not eliminated displacement of bone fragments during reposition
12. List the most characteristic localizations of the false joints

Hip fracture at the border of the middle and n/3
Clavicle fracture
The femoral neck, the scaphoid of the wrist, n/3 bones of the leg
Fracture of the radius in a “typical place”
13. Define the term “false” joint

The formation of the osteolytic focus
Persistent violation of fracture consolidation for more than 3 terms, necessary to consolidate damage
to a given location with closure bone marrow canal
The formation of large callus outside the fracture site, paraarticularly and in soft tissue
The absence of signs of consolidation in a patient suffering from chronic cardiovascular insufficiency
one month after the injury
14. Specify the main types of bone marrow

Periarticular
Intermuscular, intrafascial
Periosteal callus, endosteal, intermediate
Interstitial
15. List the subjective criteria for fracture fusion

Slight pathological mobility at the fracture site
The impossibility of the functional use of the limb
Preservation of pain at the site of bone fracture
Lack of complaints of pain and pathological mobility with moderate static and dynamic load
16. What are the objective criteria for fracture fusion

The impossibility of creating a short-term static load on the limb
Mobility in the fracture zone under moderate longitudinal load, as well as load on kink and torsion of a
segment
Pain on palpation of the area of bone damage
Painlessness on palpation and lack of mobility in the fracture zone under conditions moderate
longitudinal load, as well as load on fracture and torsion of the segment, the possibility of short-term
creation of a static load on a limb of at least 80% of the load of a healthy limb
17. Define the concept of “bone grafting”

Method of stimulation of bone formation using massage
Surgical treatment using bone and intramedullary osteosynthesis
Bone grafting is a surgical intervention aimed at restoring bone integrity using osteoblastic material
A conservative method for treating a fracture of long tubular bones, including FTL and drug treatment
18. List the types of bone grafting

Autogenous plastic
Plasty with split bone graft, tendon-bone grafting
Plastic triangular rags according to Limberg, multi-stage Z-plastic, trapezoid plastic
Autoplasty, alloplasty, xenoplasty, blephoplasty and combined bone grafting
19. In order to stimulate the healing of fractures, the following are used
Immunotherapy
A balanced diet with a high content of protein, calcium, phosphorus
A balanced diet with a high calorie content
A balanced diet with a high content of vitamin B12
20. Choose the optimal treatment for the atrophic pseudoarthrosis

Resection of the false joint, osteosynthesis with a plate
The introduction of stem cells into the region of the false joint
Bifocal KDO AVF
Resection of the pseudoarthrosis, compression-distraction osteosynthesis of KDSC (with an external
fixation device AVF) in combination with bone autoplasty
TOPIC 17 OSTEOARTHROSIS (90%)
1. What is the name of pathological condition in which the joint contains an excess of synovial fluid
Bruising
Hematoma
Hemarthrosis
Synovitis
2. A reliable sign of the presence of chondromatous body in the knee joint

Blockade of the joint
Local edema
Pain
3. What tactics do you choose for a patient with OA 3-4 ST

Bed rest
Surgical treatment
Plaster cast
Early mobilization with a derotational plaster boot
4. For OA of the knee complicated by synovitis, the leading symptoms is

A symptom of a float
Anterior instability of the knee joint
Bruising
Pain
5. In the treatment of gonarthrosis 1-2 tbsp, without disturbing the axis of the limb, it is preferable
Arthrotomy, osteotomy of the tibia
Closed compression-distraction osteosynthesis of the tibia
Conservative treatment
Endoprosthetics
6. To steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs include

Diprospan
Ibuprofen
Voltaren
Celecoxib
7. Structurally modifying drugs for the treatment of OA include

Nimesil
Alflutop
Celecoxib
Diprospan
8. Non-steroidal anti-Inflammatory drugs include

Alflutop
Deuralan
Diclofeknak
Midcalm
9. The most characteristic radiological signs in gonarthrosis

Bone growths around the join
Expansion of the joint space
Narrowing and deformation of the joint space
A bone defect in the articulating pineal glands
10. What studies confirm the diagnosis of gonarthrosis

Serological tests
Arthroscopy
X-ray examination
Plasma uric acid
11. What signs are characteristic for arthrosis

Hyperpigmentation of the skin over the affected joints
Swelling of the joints
Increased skin temperature over the joints
Mechanical pains
12. What laboratory indications are inherent in osteoarthritis

Anemia
Leukocytosis
Thrombocytopenia
Normal blood counts
13. What joints are not affected by generalized osteoarthritis

Knee
Distal interphalanic
Proximal interphalangeal
Wrist band
14. The development of primary osteoarthritis contributes to all of the following, except
Static violations
Genetic factors
Joint overload due to profession, excessive, obesity
Dysplasia leading to a change in the congruence of the articular surfaces
15. The leading pathogenetic mechanism of progression of osteoarthrosis

Prolapse of calcium hydroxyapatite crystals into the joint cavity
Atrophy of nearby muscle groups
Articular cartilage degeneration
Synovitis
16. Indicate the joints most rarely affected by osteoarthritis in women

Metatarsophalangeal
Shoulder
Hip
Knee
17. The most vivid clinical picture of synovitis with frequent exacerbations
Knee joint
Distal interphalangeal joints of the hands
1 metatarsophalangeal joint
Hip joint
18. The restriction of mobility in the affected joint with osteoarthritis s not associated with the presence of
Fibrosis and wrinkling of the joint capsule
Muscle spasm
Subluxation
Bone ankylosis
19. The safest method of drug therapy recommended for independent use by patients with osteoarthritis
is
Oral administration of NSAIDs in short courses with exacerbation of synovitis
Local use of creams and ointments with NSAIDs-
Use of hormonal drugs
Long-term use of chondroprotectors
20. Baker’s cyst is

Fluid accumulation in the posterior inversion of the shoulder joint
Accumulation of inflammatory fluid in the joint cavity
Fluid accumulation in the prepatellar bursa
Fluid accumulation in the posterior inversion of the knee joint
TOPIC 18 OSTEOCHONDROSIS OF VERTEBRA (>80%)
1. Spondylolisthesis is
Displacement of the vertebral bodies relative to each other
Pathological mobility of the vertebra
Wedge-shaped deformation of the vertebra
Non-proliferation of the arch of the vertebra
2. The appearance of neurological (radicular) symptoms in lumbar osteochondrosis causes

Schmorl’s hernia
Ossification of the anterior longitudinal ligament
Sclerosis of the closure plates of adjacent vertebrae
Protrusion or prolapse of the disc
3. Manual therapy in the complex treatment of lumbar osteochondrosis is indicated

With severe pain, accompanied by functional restriction of mobility in the intervertebral joints
With traumatic injuries of the spine
With an operated spine
With instability of the vertebral segments
4. The x-ray picture of osteochondrosis of the thoracic spine consists of the following signs
Reducing the height of the disks
Lack of osteophytes
Rotation of the vertebral bodies
The smoothness of physiological kyphosis
5. The intervertebral disc, which formed a defect in the trailing plate of the vertebra and prolapsed into
the vertebral body, is known as
Schmorl knot
Sequestration of the disk core
Spondylosis
Degenerative disk
6. The clinical picture with breast osteochondrosis

It is characterized by a violation of sensitivity in the lower extremities
It is characterized by vasomotor disorders of the legs
It is characterized by a change in tendon reflexes
Extremely diverse, but none of the symptoms is strictly specific
7. Osteophytes of the vertebral bodies in osteochondrosis

Perpendicular to the axis of the spine
Grow departing from the marginal plates at the site of attachment of the longitudinal ligaments
Large, beak-shaped,
Are a continuation of the spongy substance
8. The radiological signs of osteochondrosis include

A decrease in the height of the intervertebral disc
Subchondral osteosclerosis
An increase in the height of the intervertebral disc
Subchondral osteoporosis
9. Analgesics for drug therapy of osteochondrosis include

Voltaren
Midcalm
Lasix
Novocaine blockade
10. The vertebral motor segment is

The spine (cervical, thoracic, lumbar)
Two vertebral bodies, a disk, adjacent neuromuscular structures
Three vertebral bodies, a disk, adjacent neuromuscular structures
The vertebral body and the posterior supporting complex
11. Osteochondrosis most commonly affects

Lumbar spine
Thoracic spine
Cervical spine
Tailbone
12. The following pathogenetic situation is most characteristic for osteochondrosis of the spine
Discoradicular conflict
Discovascular conflict
Discomedullary conflict
Adhesive arachnoiditis
13. The main methods for the diagnosis of osteochondrosis are

Clinical and radiological
Clinical
Radiological
Computed tomography
14. The main radiological method for the study of patients with cervical osteochondrosis is
Non-contrast radiography
Discography
Myelography
Angiography
15. Pain on the outer surface of the shoulder and forearm, irradiation of pain in the 3rd finger of the hand,
hypesthesia in this zone, hypotrophy of the triceps muscle of the shoulder are characteristic of the
lesion
C7 spine
C6 spine
C5 spine
C4 spine
16. Often the pathological effect on the vertebral artery and its nerve plexus with cervical
osteochondrosis
Articular processes with dynamic extensor subluxation of the vertebra and unconvertebral exostasis
Exostosis of the articular processes
Central disc herniation
Lateral disc herniation
17. With severe instability of the vertebral segment of the cervical spine, an appointment is necessary
Shantz collar type headband
Vasodilator drugs
Non-narcotic analgesics
Manual therapy
18. Indications for surgical treatment of cervical osteochondrosis are

Hernial protrusion in the intervertebral foramen
Vegetative-dystrophic syndrome
Radicular syndrome
Inefficiency of conservative therapy
19. An indication for laminectomy in cervical osteochondrosis is

Discogenic cervical myelopathy
Vegetative-dystrophic syndrome
Radicular syndrome
Subluxation of the vertebra
20. Anterior corporodesis in cervical osteochondrosis is performed with

Local anesthesia
Endotracheal anesthesia
Conduction anesthesia
Local and conduction anesthesia
TOPIC 19 SCOLIOSIS (85%)
1. The most malignant course is different

Combined scoliosis
Lumbar scoliosis
Upper thoracic and thoracic scoliosis
Lumbosacral scoliosis
2. In patients with breast scoliosis, lung capacity

Increases by changing the shape of the chest
Remains unchanged even with severe spinal deformity
There is no clear correlation between the degreе of spinal deformity and changes in VC
Significantly reduced
3. The most objеctive and affordable method for measuring vertebral torsion is
R-graphic- the largest displacement of the arch root from the side. Vertebral surface at the top of the
deformity
Clinical method using Schultes apparatus
X-ray method according to the value of deposition of the spinous processes
Radiographic- the distance from the spinous process to the sides of the vertebral body
4. X-ray examination of the pаtient in case of scoliotic deformity must necessarily include, except
X-ray of the main curvature in the anteroposterior projection in a standing position
Radiograph of the main curvature in the anteroposterior projection in the supine position
Х-ray of comрensatory curvature in the anteroposterior projection in the supine position
Radiography of the main curvature in a lateral projection in a standing position
5. For lumbar scoliosis are not characteristic

Asymmetry of the blades
Severe Chaklin symptom
Asymmetry of the triangles of the waist
Dystunction of the internal organs
6. The most accessible and simplest method for measuring the angle of curvature of spinal deformity
Cohn's method
Ferguson method
Abalmasova's method
Cobb method
7. Clinical practice, the most common

Сongenital scoliosis
Rickets scoliosis
Idiopathic scoliosis
Paralytic scoliosis
8. The most reasonable theories of the patnogenesis of scoliosis are

Increase the natural background radiation of the environment
Traumatic theory
Theory of epiphysiolysis of the intervertebral disc and primary growth disorders in the vertebral bodies
The theory of violation of the muscular balance of the body
9. When scoliotic spinal deformity occurs, the first pathological changes occur
In the intervertebral discs
In the bodies of the spine
In the muscles of the back
In the spinal cord
10. The main indications for surgery for scoliosis

Deformations that put pressure on the internal organs, primarily on the heart and lungs, thereby
disrupting their work
Progressive spinal deformities (with curvature angle of up to 20 °) in children, when skeletal growth is
not yet сomplete;
Spinal deformities with an angle of 60 degrees or more
Pain syndrome
11. Exercise therapy as the main treatment for scoliosis is appropriate for
During deformation of the main arch to 60 'with completed bone growth of the spine
During deformation of the main arch up to 40 ° with completed bone growth of the spine
With a curvature of the main arch up to 40 'in patients with persistent active growth of the spine;
With a curvature of the main arch up to 20 'in patients with continued active growth of the spine
12. According to Snaklin, the seсond degree of scoliotic deformity of the spine includes curvature in thе
frontal plane
70
15
90
35
13. Survey radiography of the spine in two projestions (spondylography) allows

Determine the value of the rib hump
Identify protrusion of the intervertebral discs
Tentatively assess the torsion of the vertebraе.
Calculate the magnitude of the deformation in the frontal and sagittal planes
14. Scoliosis caused by dysontogenetic

An abnormality in the development of vertebral bodies
Unknown сause
Trauma
Polio
15. With mobile scoliotic deformations, tilt to the side strain peaks accompanied
The line of the spine does not change its shape
The appeagance of counteг-deformation
By straightening it
Its increase
16. Structural (morphological) scoliosis is caused by

A change in the length of the limbs
A violation of the functions of the cardiovasсular and respiratory systems
Anatomical abnormalities or anomalies of structures supporting the spine
Curvature, in connection with the application of external forces to the spine
17. Scoliosis characterized

Curvature of the spine in the frontal plane
Primary dysfunction of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems
Torsion of the vertebral bodies
Curvature of the spine in the sagittal plane
18. For a flat-concave back is characteristic

The vertical axis runs along the entire length of the spinal column.
The predominance of lumbar lordosis against a background of normal or slightly increased breast
kyphosis
The curvature of the spine is barely traceable
An increase in physiological kyphosis of the thoracic region
19. With a stooped back

Strengthening of compensatory lordosis of the cervical and lumbar spine
Lordosis is weak
Scapula pterygoid separated from the chest
Thoracic kyphosis dominates
20. Аt the apex of the pectoral curvature of the spine, the spinal cord is displaced
To the concave side of the deformation
To the dorsal side
To the convex side of the deformation
Maintains its central position
TOPIC 20 DEFORMATION OF FOOT (85%)
1. The height of the foot

The distance from the floor to the lower surface of the scaphoid
The distance from the inner ankle to the scaphoid
The distance from the floor to the inner ankle
The distance from the floor to the upper surface of the scaphoid
2. What tissues of the foot play a major role in the origin of transverse flatfoot
Interosseous fascia
The bones of the foot
The muscles of the foot
Plantar aponeurosis
3. Indications for surgical correction of external deviation of the first toe are all but
Chronic bursitis of the head region of the l metatarsal bone
Combination with a hammer like deformation of other toes
Pain syndrome
Violations of the cosmetic form of the foot
4. Specify the requirements proposed for shoes for the prevention of flat feet
Heel height 3-4 cm
Without a heel
A spacious toe
Heel height more than five cm
5. Indicate the most common foot deformity

Hollow foot
Equinus foot
Varus foot
Valgus deformity of the 1 toe
6. Where do sesamoid bones move with transverse flat feet

On the dorsum of the foot
In the 1st interosseous space
On the medial edge of the foot
Distally
7. The method of treatment choice in the mobile form of longitudinal flatfoot is

Skeletal traction
Surgical correction
Wearing insoles
8. Metatarsus is formed by
Four bones
Three bones
Two bones
Five bones
9. With the ineffectiveness of conservative treatment methods, flatfoot is performed

Ankle replacement
Exercise
Amputation at the level of the joint lisfranc
Operation Evans
10. With the progression of longitudinal flat feet, foot length

Does not change
Decreases
Reduced
Increases
11. The normal deviation of 1 finger outward with respect to 1 metatarsal bone is considered
20 degrees
30 degrees
40 degrees
10 degrees
12. The causative factors of the hammer-like deformation of the toes are all but
Neuro-muscular disorders
The presence of a chronic fracture of the inner ankle
Poorly selected shoes
Elongated ll ray of the foot
13. Static deformations of the feet include

Congenital clubbing
Paralytic flatfoot
Rickets flat feet
Transverse flatfoot (transversely spread foot)
14. Type of treatment, which is advisable to apply with hallux valgus deformity of the first toe of the ii-iii
stage
Conservative – corrective plaster dressings
Operational
Exercise
Wearing orthopedic shoes
15. With claw-like deformation of the fingers is observed

Neutral position in the tarsalphalangeal and extension in the proximal interphalangeal joint
Flexion in the metatarsophalangeal and extension in the proximal interphalangeal joint
Neutral position in the metatarsophalangeal and flexion in the proximal interphalangeal joint
Extension in the metatarsophalangeal and flexion in the proximal interphalangeal joint
16. Conservative treatment for external deviation of the first toe is indicated for
Deformations of the ll degree
Rigid form of deformation
The presence of excess body weight
Elastic form of deformation
17. The main cause of longitudinal flatfoot in adult is

Concomitant neurological pathology
Osteoarthritis of the talar navicular joint
Dysfunction of the posterior tibial muscle
Foot injury
18. Which of the following bones has the maximum pressure in normal when walking
1 metatarsal
4 metatarsal
2 metatarsal
3 metatarsal
19. The clinical symptoms of pronounced longitudinal flatfoot include the following synptoms
Supination of the foot
Lengthening and expansion of the foot
Pronation of the foot
Shortening and widening of the foot
20. Radiography of the feet when determining the degree of longitudinal flatfoot is carried out
Standing
Does not matter
Lying
Sitting
EXTRA QUESTION (FROM RUSSIAN FACULTY MOODLE)
TOPIC 5: INJURY OF LEG, ANKLE AND FOOT
1. In the conservative treatment of leg fractures with displacement of fragments, skeletal traction is imposed
For the calcaneus
There is no correct answer
For talus
For the supradermal region
TOPIC 7: INJURY OF VERTEBRA
1. Corset therapy, as the main method of treatment, is used for: Stable fractures of the spine;
2. To the main anatomical formations of the posterior support complex spine include: Yellow ligament,
Interspinous ligaments
3. A functional method for treating spinal injuries includes: Traction on a plane
4. From what time does exercise therapy begin with injuries of the spine: From 1-3 days
5. A corset applied to a fracture of the thoracic spine, has the following points of support: Symphysis,
Sternum, The lumbar spine
6. What is the most characteristic mechanism of injury in fractures? Lumbar vertebrae: Flexion
TOPIC 8: INJURY OF PELVIS AND INTERNAL ORGANS
1. The needle for intracranial anesthesia according to the method of Shkolnikov-Selivanov is administered: 1
cm inwards from the anterior spine of the ilium
2. Fracture of the pelvic bones with damage to the anterior and posterior half rings applies: To unstable
3. Most often, when fractures of the pelvic bones are damaged: The distal part of the urethra, The bladder
4. What signs are reliable for pelvic fractures: Crepitus, Pelvic deformity
5. The central hip dislocation is always accompanied by a fracture: Acetabulum
TOPIC 11: POLYTRAUMA, METHODS OF DIAGNOSIS OF MULTIPLE AND ASSOCIATED INJURY, TRAUMATIC
SHOCK
1. Traumatic shock in its main pathogenetic component: Hypovolemic

2. Damage to two or more segments of the musculoskeletal system (ODS) or two or more internal organs of
the same cavity refers to: Concomitant injury
3. Injuries with an immediate threat to human life are: Extremely severe severity
4. Combined injury is called: Damage to two or more segments of the SLM, or two or more internal organs of one
cavity
5. The main triggers of traumatic shock are: Pain, Blood loss, Damage to vital organs
6. The most accurate criterion for traumatic shock: Circulating blood volume (BCC)
7. The Algover shock index is calculated as: The ratio of the pulse to systolic pressure
8. To life-threatening situations requiring immediate removal, relate: Tamponade of the heart, Multiple fractures
of the ribs, Unstable chest;, Open chest injury
TOPIC 13: CRUSH SYNDROME
1. In SDS, the development of acute renal failure due to kidney damage: Myoglobin
2. The interim period of traumatic toxicosis lasts: 4-20 days (probable error, not a single option came up)
3. With SDS in the intermediate period of the disease: Renal failure develops
4. Signs of acute renal dysfunction in SDS: Oligoanuria
5. The development of turnstile (recirculation) syndrome is due to endotoxemia in connection with tissue
ischemia: Due to prolonged retention of the hemostatic tourniquet
6. With SDS in the intermediate period of the disease: Renal failure develops
7. How to explain the appearance of myoglobin in circulating blood during SDR: Death of muscle tissue
8. Pathogenetic significance in damage to the renal filter with the development of IDF has: Myoglobin
9. Ischemic necrosis of the striated muscle occurs through: 4 hours.
10. In case of prolonged compression syndrome, conducting infusion therapy at the prehospital stage:
Required
11. In case of prolonged compression syndrome, the use of an arterial tourniquet at the prehospital stage
reasonably: In the presence of a clear zone of non-viability of tissues of the damaged limb
12. With prolonged compression syndrome, anesthetization at the prehospital stage: Necessarily
TOPIC 14: WOUND INFECTION AND SEPSIS
1. The diagnosis of sepsis is made of: Primary focus

2. Lightning sepsis lasts: 1-6 days
3. Features of nutrition in sepsis: Large amount of fluid
4. Acute sepsis lasts: 4 weeks
5. An increase in the incidence of nosocomial infection is associated with: With prolonged hospitalization
6. Subacute sepsis lasts: 6-12 weeks
7. With sepsis for the treatment of ICE syndrome: Heparin
8. With sepsis for the treatment of pulmonary failure exercise: Mechanical ventilation
9. For sepsis, bowel paresis is prescribed: Ganglion blockers
10. In sepsis, for the prevention of ICE syndrome is prescribed: Fresh frozen plasma
11. For sepsis, for the prevention of ICE syndrome: Heparin
12. With sepsis, septicopyomia is said when: The presence of purulent metastases
13. With sepsis, surgical treatment of the primary lesion: Indicated as a radical operation with intensive care
14. Signs of multiple organ dysfunction in sepsis: Oxygen saturation <70%
15. Sign of multiple organ dysfunction in sepsis: Systolic blood pressure within 100-110 mmhg
16. Synonyms for the term “hospital infection”: Bacterial hospitalism
TOPIC 15: PURULENT COMPLICATIONS OF FRACTURES, TRAUMATIC OSTEOMYELITIS
1. Swelling of the bone is most typical for: Benign tumor

2. The differential diagnosis of acute osteomyelitis must be carried out with: Erysipelas
3. For the differential diagnosis of chronic osteomyelitis and bone oncology need to hold: Histological
analysis of biopsy
4. Atypical forms do not include osteomyelitis: Post traumatic
5. Osteomyelitis does not apply to primary chronic osteomyelitis: Gunshot
6. Primary chronic osteomyelitis: Intraosseous abscess wander
7. Computed tomography of the affected segment is optimal for: Clarification of the localization and size of bone
cavities, sequesters, bone fragments
8. The most informative diagnostic method for osteomyelitis is: Contrast sct
9. An increase in laboratory index indicates acute osteomyelitis: C-reactive protein
10. The main diagnostic sign of bone necrobiosis, determined intraoperatively: Destruction
11. Osteomyelitis is called a lesion: All bone tissue
12. On etiological basis distinguish osteomyelitis: Non specific
13. The radiological sign of chronic osteomyelitis of the long tubular bone is: Periosteal reaction
14. Sanitation of a purulent focus with osteomyelitis does not include: Bone grafting
TOPIC 16: DELAYED UNION, NON UNION, PSEUDO ARTHROSIS, MALUNION
1. To assess the degree of consolidation of bone fragments in fractures of long bones, it is enough
effective: X-ray examination
2. To stimulate reparative regeneration during osteosynthesis, strive to use materials: Bioactive
3. The optimal treatment for atrophic false joint is considered: Resection of the pseudoarthrosis, osteosynthesis
with an external fixation device in combination with bone autoplasty
4. The main function of osteoblast: Synthesis and secretion of organic bone matrix
5. The main function of osteoclast is: Bone resorption
6. The main function of an osteocyte is: Biosynthesis of organic components and the secretion of enzymes
stabilizing mineral bone composition
7. The main cause of the development of the pseudoarthrosis is: The presence of mobility between fragments
8. Osteoclast exercises: Bone resorption
9. By the degree of osteogenic activity, …….. false joints are distinguished: Atrophic
10. In the secondary fusion of the fracture is formed: Cartilage, which is subsequently replaced by bone
11. In the primary fusion of the fracture: Reparative regeneration begins immediately with the formation of
intermediate corns
12. Fusion fracture by means of an intermediate bone marrow occurs when: Anatomical reduction with
interfragmental compression
TOPIC 17: OSTEOARTHROSIS
1. For conservative treatment of gonarthrosis, intra-articular administration is used: Hyaluronic Acid

2. For bone ankylosis is characteristic: Joint immobility
3. For surgical treatment of osteoarthrosis of large joints 4 tbsp. Apply: Endoprosthetics
4. For the x-ray picture of stage I of coxarthrosis, characteristic signs are: Slight narrowing of the joint space
5. The most common causes of osteoarthritis include: Permanent trauma
6. Structurally modifying drugs for the treatment of osteoarthrosis include: Structure
7. The best treatment for osteoarthritis of large joints 4 tbsp. Is an: Endoprosthetics
8. With gonarthrosis, …….. joints are more often affected: Internal
9. With coxarthrosis, the pain syndrome worries: In the groin
10. In conservative treatment of the pre-knee joint, cuff traction is applied: For the supradermal region
11. Statistically more often than others, degenerative-dystrophic process affects: Knee joints
12. Bone ankylosis is characterized by: Immobility in the joint
13. For the X-ray picture of stage I of coxarthrosis, characteristic signs are: Slight narrowing of the joint space
TOPIC 18: OSTEOCHONDROSIS OF VERTEBRA
1. Dynamic fixation of the vertebral-motor segment : Reduces stress on facet joints

2. To the radiographic symptoms that are observed in stage I osteochondrosis in the cervical spine include:
Local straightening of lordosis, up to kyphosis
3. To the radiological symptoms that are observed in stage 1 osteochondrosis: Reducing the height of the joint
space
4. To synaptic neurotransmitters used: Proserin
5. To physiotherapy for osteochondrosis: Amplipulse therapy
6. Physiotherapy exercises for common osteochondrosis: Restores muscle back corset.
7. Lumbarization is: A congenital pathology in which the first sacral vertebra is partially or completely separated from
the sacrum
8. Manual therapy for herniated discs: Shown (probable error, the test does not accept any answers)
9. Microsurgical discectomy, used to treat lumbar intervertebral hernias spine, leads to: A decrease in the
height of the intervertebral disc
10. The orthopedic complex of conservative treatment for osteochondrosis of the spine includes:
Unloading the spine using corsets, belts, orthoses
11. The radiological signs of osteochondrosis include: Sclerosis of the end plates of the vertebral bodies
12. Transplantation of artificial intervertebral discs: Preserve natural biomechanics spine with a uniform
distribution of load on all segments
TOPIC 19: SCOLIOSIS
1. The main treatment for posture disorders is: Physiotherapy

2. The indication for surgical treatment of scoliosis of the spine is increasing scoliosis with Cobb angle: 40
degrees
3. With a type of posture disorder, the arched back: Lumbar lordosis predominates on normal or slightly
increased breast kyphosis
4. Preventive measures to prevent postural disorders recommend: Early transfer of the child to the stomach
5. According to the classification of scoliosis by age groups: From 3 to 10 years
6. Structural (morphological) scoliosis is caused by: Anatomical abnormalities or abnormalities of the supporting
vertebrae
7. Cobb angle with 3 degrees of scoliosis according to Chaklin: 31-50 degrees
8. Cobb angle with 4 degrees of choli scoliosis: 61-90
9. The physiological kyphosis in a child is formed: At 5-6 months of life
10. The physiological bend in the cervical spine is : Lordosis
TOPIC 20: DEFORMATION OF FOOT
1. At what age are congenital flat feet usually diagnosed: 5-6 years old
2. What measurements must be performed to calculate the sub-metric index: Height and foot length
3. The scaphoid bone is articulated with: Talus
4. On radiographs, the plantar arch of the foot is determined: In lateral projection and anteroposterior
projection
5. The flat shape of the plantar surface of the feet at the age of 1-4 years: Subcutaneous adipose tissue
6. The podometric index of the normal arch of the foot is: 29-31
7. Obtaining foot prints by applying dyes to the sole is called: Plantography
8. With the progression of transverse flatfoot, foot length: Decreases
9. Indicate the possible causes of the development of acquired flatfoot: Sedentary work and decreased muscle
strength physiological aging
10. Indicate the operations that are performed with bone changes when it is impossible foot correction:
Wedge-shaped resection of the ankle-calcaneal joint with a wedge-shaped scaphoid resection
QUESTIONS FROM DEPARTMENT
1. The concept of osteosynthesis has the following goals

Early functional treatment
Using lots of screws
Anatomical reduction
Stable fixation
Maximum separation of periosteum from the bone
Unstable fixation of the bone fragments
2. Absolute signs of fracture are the following items

Local swelling
Local pain
Deformation of the axis of the extremity
Bruise
Spring resistence
3. Etiologic classification of the contractures includes the following items

Extensive
Arthritic
Posttraumatic
Postburns
Flexion
4. Delayed union is characterized by

The absence of pathological mobility between fragments
A clear line of fracture on x-ray
The absence of radiological signs of the union in doubled physiological period of bone union
Obliteration of the medullary canal at the fracture site
The absence of radiological signs of the union in average physiological period of bone union
The pathological mobility of bone fragments
5. False joint is characterized by

The pathological mobility of bone fragments
The absence of pathological mobility between fragments
The presence of crepitus between fragments
The absence of radiological signs of the union in average physiological period of bone union
The absence of radiological signs of the union in doubled physiological period of bone union
Obliteration of the medullary canal at the fracture site
6. Skeletal extension is contraindicated with

Systemic fat embolism
Closed oblique fractures
Open fractures type i
Alcoholic psychosis
Closed comminuted fractures
7. Procaine blockade is used to

Correction of hypovolemia
Improvement of the union of the fracture
Pain relief
Prevention of infection
Removal of the hematoma
8. Overlay the circular plaster casts to the outpatient is dangerous because

Difficulty during movement of the patient
The possibility of decreasing of swelling of the segment
Rapid destruction of the plaster casts
The failure of doctor's recommendations
The possibility of compartment syndrome of the segment
9. Decrease of post-traumatic edema of the damaged segment covered with plaster cast is achieved by
Elevation of extremity
Diuretics
Antibiotics
Analgetics
Drooped extremity
10. The dislocation is

Paraarticular fracture
Limitation of range of motion
Total separation of the articular surfaces of the bones
The absence of range of motion
Partial separation of the articular surfaces of the bones
11. Reliable sign of any intra-articular injuries

Spring resistence symptome
Interposition of soft tissue
Crepitus
Hemarthrosis
Dysfunction of the joint
12. Extramedullary osteosynthesis is done with

K-wire
Plate
Skeletal traction
External fixation devices
Nail
13. Extrafocal osteosynthesis is done with

Plate
Nail
Sceletal traction
K-wire
14. The dislocation is characterized by

Relative shortening
Anatomical shortening
Articular hypermobility
Projective shortening
15. The basic rules of measuring of the length of limbs

Measurement is carried out only "approximately"
The results should be compared with the healthy segment
Bony prominences are boney landmark for measuring
Important absolute numerical values of measurements
For measuring the length is necessary to use a goniometer
Measured area of the body should be stripped
16. The phases of skeletal traction (by v.v. Kliuchevsky) are
Retention
Reparation
Rehabilitation
Reposition
Anatomical
Functional
17. The local anestesia of the fracture by anesthetic solutions is contraindicated for
Intraarticular fracture
Refracture
Idiosyncrasy
Aspiration of the blood
Comminuted fracture
18. Bohler frame is used for

Passive exercise therapy
Skeletal traction
Osteosynthesis
Plaster immobilization
19. Pharmacological pain management of patients with damage of the musculoskeletal system is achieved by
using
Anesthetics
Narcosis
Magnetic therapy
Immobilisation
Ice application
Analgetics
20. Absolute indications for surgery for fractures of the clavicle

The threat of skin perforation by bone fragments
Damage of the subclavian neurovascular bundle
Open fracture
Greenstick fracture
Oblique fracture
Presence of displacement of bone fragments
21. Typical symptom for bruise of the chest

Bony crepitus
Local pain
Spring resistance
The axial load
Aborted inspiration
22. Reliable sign of rib fractures

Spring resistance
Bony crepitus
Local pain
Swelling of soft tissues
Limitation of chest excursion
23. Reliable sign of fracture of the sternum

Local pain
Limitation of chest excursion
Swelling of soft tissues
"step" at the place of fracture
Soft tissue bruise
24. "Aborted inspiration" symptom is typical for

Bruise of chest
Traumatic asphyxia
Dislocation of clavicle
Fracture of scapula
Fracture of rib
25. Main task of the treatment of uncomplicated isolated rib fractures is

Pleural cavity drainage
Stimulation of osteoreparation
Adequate pain relief
Immobilization of the chest
Osteosynthesis of ribs
26. The indication for surgery for fractures of the surgical neck of the humerus is
Abducted displaced fracture
Comminuted fracture
Biceps tendon interposition
Impacted fractures
Adducted displaced fracture
27. Authentic symptoms of dislocation of the humerus are

Shoulder spring resistence sign
Pain syndrome
Kay sign of clavicle
Absolute shortening
Deformation of the deltoid region
Swelling of the shoulder
Presence of passive movement
28. Tactics of treatment of closed colles fractures without displacement

Close reduction
Plaster cast immobilisation
Internal osteosynthesis
Extrafocal osteosynthesis
Elastic compression
29. Fracture of the femur, which is accompanied by damage to the popliteal artery is
Intercondylous
Upper third of the diaphysis
Neck
Distal third of the diaphysis
Pertrochanteric
30. Types of fractures of the patella which need surgical treatment

Extra-articular
Without displacement of fragments
Displacement of fragments about 2 mm
Comminuted
Displacement of fragments about 5 мм
31. Sign, which is positive for meniscal tear

Locked knee
Posterior drawer
Valgus stress
Varus stress
Anterior drawer
32. Treatment of fractures of the calcaneus without displacement

Skeletal traction
Extramedullary osteosynthesis
K-wire osteosynthesis
Intramedullary osteosynthesis
33. The method of choice for comminuted fractures of the body of the talus
Primary arthrodesis
Skeletal traction
Early weight bearing
34. K-wire for skeletal traction of the tibial fracture is drilled throug
First metatarsal
Calcaneus
Talus
Diaphysis of tibia
Scaphoid
35. Supination - adduction mechanism of the ankle fracture shifts the talus to
Medially
Laterally
Posteriorly
Anteriorly
Dorsally
36. Strong muscle contraction of the hip joint leads to fracture of

Corpus of the ischiadic bone
Corpus of the sacrum
Branch of the pubic bone
Iliac spine
Wing of ilium
37. Plaster cast immobilisation for distal third tibia fracture has length from tip of toes to
Knee
Middle third of shin
Proximal third of shin
Gluteal fold
Middle third of thigh
38. Plaster cast immobilisation for middle third tibia fracture has length from tip of toes to
Proximal third of shin
Distal third of thigh
Knee
Gluteal fold
39. Plaster cast immobilisation for ankle fracture has length from tip of toes to
Middle third of thigh
Gluteal fold
Distal third of shin
Distal third of thigh
Knee
40. Cubitus valgus of elbow commonly follows fracture of

Capitalum
Medial condyle
Lower third of humerus
Lateral condyle
41. Volkman's ischemia commonly occurs following

Monteggia fracture
Fracture shaft humerus
Colles' fracture
42. Myositis ossificans commonly occurs around

Knee
Shoulder
Wrist
Elbow
43. Radial nerve palsy may occur in fracture of humerus involving
Shaft
Head
Surgical neck
Lower end
44. The joint most likely to have recurrent dislocation is

Shoulder
Ankle
Knee
Patella
45. The term delayed union is employed when the fracture fails to unite within
2,5 times the normal union time
Twice the normal union time
1,5 times the normal union time
3 times the normal union time
46. In Perthes' disease the hip movements restricted are

Abduction and external rotation
Abduction and internal rotation
Adduction and internal rotation
Adduction and external rotation
47. The average duration of perthes' disease is

3-4 months
1-2 years
1-2 months
3-4 years
48. Choose the correct answer
48. Shenton's line is a sign applicable to

Radiological feature of the pelvis applied to the diagnosis of congenital dislocation of the hip
Detection of shortening of the leg on physical examination
Radiological feature of the lungs applied to the diagnosis of pulmonary vein thrombosis
Physical sign applied to the diagnosis of adrenal deficiency
49. The essential examination of the hip in order to clinch the diagnosis of chronic slipped femoralepiphysis
is
Palpation of the femoral head
Anterior-posterior plain x-ray view of the hip
Lateral x-ray view of the hip
Measuring for shortening of the leg
50. Trendelenburg's sign is used in the diagnosis of

Pulmonary embolism
Congenital dislocation of the hip
Varicose veins
Carcinoma of the stomach
51. Spiral fracture is due to

Blunt trauma
Axial compression
Twist
Direct impact
52. In an adult patient with a fracture of the shaft of the femur

There is no possibility of death from hemorrhagicshock
No blood can be lost without obvious bruising
Two liters of blood can be lost without obvious swelling or bruising
No blood can be lost without obvious swelling
53. The enzyme found in osteoclasts but not in osteoblastsis

Acid phosphatase
Alkaline phosphatase
Elastase
Cytochrome oxidase
54. Osteomalacia predominantly affects the

Skull bones
Metatarsals
Pelvis
Spine
55. The most important sign in Volkmann's ischaemic contracture is

Numbness
Obliteration of radial pulse
Pallor
Pain
56. Treatment of acute myositis ossificans is

Active mobilization
Immobilization
Passive mobilization
Infra red therapy
57. Fracture in children which requires open reduction is
Fracture both bones f orearm
Fracture femoral condyle
Fracture tibial epiphysis
Fracture shaft of femur
58. Volkmann's ischaemic contracture mostly involves

Flexor carpi radialis longus
Flexor digitorum prof undus
Pronator teres
Flexor digitorum superf icialis
59. In Volkman's ischemia, surgery should be done

After 6-12 hours
After 48-72 hours
After 24-36 hours
Immediately
60. The treatment of choice in pathological fractures is

Internal fixation
Skin traction
Plaster of paris casts
External skeletal fixation
61. Volkmann's ischaemic contracture is due to

Venous injury
Increase of compartment pressure in the limb
Arterial injury
Nerve injury
62. Last step in fracture healing is

Consolidation
Haematoma
Remodelling
Callus formation
63. The most common cause of scoliosis is

Idiopathic
Postural
Paralytic
Congenital
64. Pathognomonic sign of traumatic fracture is

Tenderness
Swelling
Redness
Crepitus
65. Bankart's lesion involves

Posterior aspect of head of humerus
Anterior aspect of the head of humerus
Posterior aspect of glenoid labrum
Anterior aspect of glenoid labrum
66. The most common complication of dislocation of shoulder joint is

Rupture of supraspinatous muscle
Injury to brachial plexus
Rupture of deltoid muscle
Injury to circumflex nerve
67. Hill-sachs lesion in recurrent shoulder dislocation is

Av ulsion of glenoid labrum
Rupture of tendon of biceps muscle
Injury to humeral head
Rupture of tendon of supraspinatus muscle
68. "Figure of eight" bandage used commonly in the fracture of
Scapula
Humerus
Clavicle
Metacarpals
69. Match the correct answer

Principle of treatment Method of realization of the principle
Pain relif 1,5,2,3,4 Local anesthesia

Rehabilitation Plaster cast
Immobilisation Traction by ring fixator
Reposition Isometric exercise
Functional treatment Make prosthetic appliance
70. Place the steps in the correct order (from up to down)

First aid in the place of accident
4,3,1,2,5 Diagnosis of local injuries of the body
Prehospital medical care
Diagnosis and recovery of vital functions
Remove the traumatic agent
Transportation to hospital

Prehospital medical care in closed fractures
2,3,1 Transportation to hospital
Pain relif

Prehospital medical care in open fractures
3,5,1,4,2 Aseptic dressing
Transportation to hospital
Stopping of external bleeding
Pain relif

Tactics of specialized medical care with suspected closed fresh uncomplicated dislocation of humerus
3,2,1 Plaster cast immobilization
Closed reduction of dislocation
General anesthesia

Type of injury Eponymous name
Fracture of radius and dislocation of ulnar 1-2,2-1,3-3,4-4 Monteggia's fracture
head
Fracture of ulna and dislocation of radial Galeazii's fracture
head
Fracture of the distal metaepiphysis of Colles fracture
radius
Fracture of the base of the first metacarpal Bennett fracture
bone
75. Match the correct answers

Diagnostic criteria of injuries Clinical signs
Reliable signs of dislocation 1-1,6 Relative shortening
Reliable signs of fracture 2-3,5 Dysfunction of the extremities
Common signs of any injuries 3-2,4 Anatomical shortening
Local pain
Springy resistance

Location of femoral fracture Name of fracture
Medial fracture of proximal part of femur 1-2,4,5 Intertrochanteric
Fracture of distal end of femur 2-6,7 Basal
Lateral fracture of proximal part of femur 3-1,3 Transtrochanteric
Subcapital
Transcervical
Intercondylar
Supracondylar

Tactics of the first medical aid at the place of accident with a closed fracture of thigh
3,1,4,2 Immobilization by diterichs' splint
Hospitalization in the traumatological department
Opioid analgesia
Intravenous infusion therapy

Tactics of the first medical aid at the place of accident with a open fracture of thigh
4,1,5,2,3 Opioid analgesia
Immobilization by diterichs' splint
Hospitalization in the traumatological department
Applying tourniquet to upper third of the thigh
Aseptic dressing

Location of femoral fracture Clinical signs
Femoral neck 1-1,2 Positive 'straight leg raising' test

Diaphyseal fracture of femur 2-3,4 Relative shortening
Absolute shortening

Classification of spinal injuries
Classification criteria Type of damage
Stable 1-1,5 Avulsion fracture of angle of a vertebral
2-2,3,4 body
Unstable Luxation of the vertebra
Compression fracture of a vertebral body
iii-iv degree
Burst fracture of a vertebral body
Compression fracture of a vertebral body i-
ii degree
Fracture-dislocation of the vertebra

Methods of diagnosis of flat feet Description
Plantography 1-3 Measurement of the parameters of the foot
Podometrics 2-1 Inspection sole of the foot under load
Plantoscopy 3-2 Imprinting foot on the paper

Pain syndrome in osteoarthritis
1. Type of pain 2. Description
3. Starting 4. 1-3 8. Occur after prolonged loading and
5. 2-4 disappear during the rest
9. Endosteal hypertensive 6. 3-2 10. Sharp painful limitation of
7. 4-1 movement due to the jamming
piece of cartilage between the joint
surfaces
11. Blocade 12. Occur at the beginning of
movement and disappear within a
few minutes after the beginning of
the movement
13. Machanical 14. Dull persistent pain that occurs at
night and disappear in the morning

Conservative treatment of osteoarthritis
Pharmacological group Name of drugs
Myorelaxants 1-1 Midocalm
Chondroprotectors 2-4 Trental
Angioprotectors 3-2 Diclofenac
4-3
Nsaids Alflutop

Tactics of the first medical aid for spinal injury
1,3,4,2 Injection of promedol 2% - 1 ml
Transportation in the supine pose

Fixing a cervical collar
Put the patient on board

Tactic of treating a patient with a fracture of the lateral malleolus with displacement
3,2,1,4 Plaster cast immobilisation
Closed reduction
Local anesthesia
X-ray control of the manipulation results

Tactics of traumatological aid for hemarthrosis of the knee
2,1,4,3 X-ray examination of the joint
Inspection and palpation of the joint
Aspiration of the blood
Local anasthesia and punction of the joint
87. Mcmurray's sign is seen in injury to

Anterior cruciate ligament
Medial meniscus
Medial collateral ligament
Posterior cruciate ligament
88. "Tinel's sign" indicates

Carpal syndrome
Injury to peripheral nerves
Atrophy of nerv es
Neurof ibroma
89. Normal hallux valgus angle is

200
0
25
0
10
300
90. Posttraumatic osteomyelitis treatment require

Only in the later stages
Remove diseased tissue
Internal fixation
Only conservative treatment
91. Severe hallus valgus deformation of the foot can be corrected only by
Surgical operation
Medications
Exercise therapy
Physiotherapy
92. Gunter's line and triangle are performed by

Epicondyles of humerus and olecranon
Epicondyles of femur and patella
Condyles of tibia and patella
Epicondyles of humerus and acromion
93. Fracture of the olecranon with significant displacement requires
No any fixation
No any reduction
Open reduction and internal fixation
Closed reduction and cast immobilisation
94. Bone of the wrist that has a poor blood supply is

Distal radius
Head of ulna
Scafoid
First metacarpal

Tactic of treatment of scafoid fracture with significant displacement
2,3,4,1 Restoration of the movement in the wrist joint
Open reduction
Internal fixation
Immobilisation about 6-8 weeks
96. Total unstable pelvic fracture requires

Diterichs' splint immobilisation
External fixation
97. "frog" pose is a typical transport position for injury of

Hip
Spine
Fumur
Pelvic
98. Traumatic compression about 25-50 % of vertebral body height denotes to

Ii degree
Iii degree
Iv degree
I degree
99. Stable noncomplicated spinal injury requires

Corset and exercises
Surgical decompression and internal fixation
Surgical decompression and corporodesis
100. Open reduction and internal fixation

The radical method of surgical treatment of osteoarthritis is
Osteotomy
Arthroscopy
Total arthroplasty
Intraarticular injection
101. Kinds of occupational traumatism

Household
Agricultural
Street
Criminal
102. The most common kind of traumatism is
Household
Road side injuries
Sports
Industrial
Dislocation is
103. Damage of anatomic and structural integrity of tissue

Partial incongruence of the articular surface
Damage of integrity of a bone tissue
Persistent complete disconnection of the articular surface
104. Fracture is
Persistent complete disconnection of the articular surface
Damage of anatomic and structural integrity of tissue
Partial incongruence of the articular surface
Damage of integrity of a bone tissue
105. Sprain is
Rupture of some fibers of elastic tissues
Damage of anatomic and structural integrity of the tissue
Disturbance of anatomic integrity of tissues
Closed damage of the soft tissue accompanying with a hemorrhage
106. Bruise is
Rupture of some fibers of elastic tissues
Persistent complete disconnection of at articular surfaces
Damage of integrity of a bony tissue
Closed damage of soft tissues accompanying with a hemorrhage
107. The following are cells of bone tissue except

Osteoblast
Osteoclacin
Osteoclast
Osteocyte
108. The mineral components of bone tissue is

Osteoblast
Hydroxypatite
Collagen
Osteoclast
109. Stages of fracture healing of a bone

Formation of fibrous tissue - formation of bony callus - hematoma - consolidation of fracture - structural change of
bone
Consolidation of fracture - formation of fibrous tissue - formation of bony callus - structural change of bone -
hematoma
Hematoma - formation of fibrous tissue - formation of bony callus - consolidation of a fracture - structural change of a
bone
Hematoma - formation of bony callus - formation of fibrous tissue - consolidation of a fracture - structural change of a
bone
110. Central callus

Formed on the internal surfaces of a intramedullary canal out of cells of endosteum and marrow of both fragments
Arise out of soft tissues adjoining to a site of a fracture
Arises between direct contacting bony fragment
Arises as result of rapid reproduction of cells of a cambial layer of periosteum
111. Paraosseous callus is

Arises as result of rapid reproduction of cells of a cambial layer of periosteum
Arises between direct contacting bony fragment
Formed on the internal surfaces of a intramedullary canal out of cells of endosteum and marrow of both fragments
Arise out of soft tissues adjoining to a site of a fracture
112. Seeming (projective) length of extremity is

None
Caused dislocation of jointed bones relative each other
Caused anatomical change of length of a segment
Caused by restriction of locomotion in a joint
113. The general symptoms of damage is

Bruise
Deformation
Crepitus
114. The significant symptoms of fracture is

Bruise
Swelling
Lesion of function
Shortening segment of extremity
115. The first step of medical aid of open fractures is

Stop bleeding
Anesthesia
Aseptic bandage
116. Diterix splint is for immobilization of

Femur
Clavicle
Wrist
Humerus
117. Bone healing problems include the following except

Malunion
Union
Nonunion
Avascular necrosis
118. Unspecific etiological sign of osteomyelitis is caused by

Syphilitic
Pyogenic microbe
Tuberculous
Leprous
119. In fractures of patella

A communited fracture is best treated by patella excursion and replacement by prosthesis
Comminution is usual when the fracture has been caused by indirect violence
Weight bearing should be avoided for the first week
A transverse fracture without displacement is usually treated by plaster cylinder without surgical treatment
120. In fractures of the middle third of tibia and fibula
There is frequently association with posterior tibial nerve damage
Shortening is tipical for comlete fracture
The tibia nerve is frequently damaged
Eversion injuries are the most commonly encountered
121. In injuries of the ankle joints

Eversion injuries are the most commonly encountered
The joint become unstable by rupture of the inferior tibiofibular ligament
The posterior tibial artery is frequently damaged
Inversion injuries are usually accompanied by the tear of the deltoid ligament
122. In the dislocation of the patella

The patella dislocate to medial side of the knee
The posterior tibial artery is frequently damaged
The condition is liable to reoccur spontaneously
The condition is predisposed to an unusually high lateral femoral condyle
123. Indirect mechanism of fracture of the tibia is

Result of torsional injury
Influencing of direct forces
Significant comminution at the set of the impact
Severe soft tissue injury at the set of the impact
124. Differential diagnosis of patellar fracture, except

Tendon ruptures
Patellar dislocation
Growth abnormalities
Medial popliteal nerve injury
125. Fracture of patella according to AO classification, "b" represent

Complete articular
Extraarticular
Partial articular
Avulsion
126. Fracture of patella according to AO classification, "a" represent

Partial articular
Extraarticular
Complete articular
Transverse plus second fragment
127. Fracture of patella according to AO classification, "c" represent

Partial articular
Avulsion
Complete articular
Extraarticular
128. Following are initial postoperative treatments of the patients with broken bones except
Additional fixation with brace
Partial rom for 6 weeks
Full weight bearing
Continuous passive motion therapy
129. Preferred fixation of complicated fracture of the tibia is

External fixation
Internal fixation
Braice
Plaster cast
130. The IIIc type of gustilo classification of tibial shaft open fracture
Wound from 1 to 10 cm
10 cm and adequate tissue for coverage
Wound < 1 cm
10 cm with vascular injury
131. The IIIa type of gustilo classification of tibial shaft open fracture
Wound < 1 cm
132. The I type of gustilo classification of tibial shaft open fracture

Wound < 1 cm
133. The II type of gustilo classification of tibial shaft open fracture

Wound < 1 cm
134. Advantages of intramedullary nailing except

Negligible risk of infection
Less frequent follow up
Better control of alignment
Improved mobility
135. All of the following are advantages of intramedullary nailing except

Low-traumatic method
Suitable for early rehabilitation
Useful for the treatment of polytrauma
Needed only open reduction
136. Indication of patellactomy

Fracture of patella with hemoarthrosis of the knee joint
Comminuted fracture patella
Ipsilateral femoral fracture
137. Fracture-dislocation of the ankle joint

Pott’s fracture is
Trimalleolar
Bimalleolar
Isolated lateral malleolar
Isolated medial malleolar
138. Cause of patellar fracture

Intensive jumping
Direct blow on flexed knee
Immediate stop after running
Sudden change of direction
139. The following are the mechanism of trauma that causes femoral neck fractures in middle-aged
patients except
Falls from height of the body
Traffic accident
Prolonged professional overload of the hip
Falling from high buildings
140. The following is the characteristics of classification of fractures of femoral neck garden i type
Total displaced fracture with varus deformation
Undisplaced fracture
Partial displaced fracture with varus deformation
Partial displaced fracture with valgus deformation
141. The following are the pre hospital first aid in case of closed fracture of femur, except
Application of temporary immobilization methods
Transport to the hospital
Stop bleeding
Administration of analgesics intramuscularly
142. The criteria of IV type of peritrochanteric area fractures of the femur by boyd and griffin is
Comminuted transtrochanteric fracture
Multiplanar comminuted subtrochanteric fracture
Reverse subtrochanteric fracture
Simple transtrochanteric fracture
143. Choose the correct answer
Conservative treatment of trochanteric fractures is
143. Brace
Short plaster bandage
Skeletal traction
Osteosynthesis
144. Operative treatment of trochanteric fracture include internal fixation device, which is
Total hip arthroplasty
Tension band wire
Dynamic hip screw
Percutaneuos k-wire fixation
145. Options for prosthetic replacement in case of fractures of femoral neck includes the following except
Bipolar hemiarthroplasty
Total hip arthroplasty
Placement of multiple screws
Unipolar hemiarthroplasty
146. In 65 year old male with history of fracture of neck of femur of 6 weeks old, treatment of choice is
Osteotomy
Nailing
Internal fixation
Hemiathroplasty
147. Complication of intra-articular fractures of femur except

Osteoarthritis
Dislocation
Avascular necrosis
Nonunion
148. Most common complication of extracapsular fracture of femur is

Malunion
Non union
Ischemic necrosis
Osteomyelitis
149. Treatment of choice for old non-united fracture of shaft of femur is

Compression plating with nail grafti
Compression plating
Bone grafting
Nailing
150. Injury to the popliteal artery in fracture of lower end of femur is often due to
Hematoma
Proximal fragment pressing the artery
Tight plaster
Distal fragment pressing the artery
151. Last step in healing of a fracture is

Hematoma formation
Consolidation
Callus formation
Remodeling
152. The line adjoining anterior superior iliac spine to the tip of gluteal tuberosity, should normally touch
the greater trochanter is named
Perkins line
Shoemaker's line
Von rossen line
Rozer-nelation line
153. The types of hip dislocation except

Patellar
Pubic (anterior-superior)
Sciatic (posterior-inferior)
Iliac (posterior-superior)
154. Most common dislocation of hip is

Inferior
Anterior
Central
Posterior
155. Attitude of the limb in anterior dislocation of hip

Flexion, adduction, external rotation
Flexion, adduction, internal rotation
Flexion, abduction, internal rotation
Flexion, abduction, external rotation
156. Risk factor for osteonecrosis in case of posterior hip dislocation includes
Infections
High energy impact
Delayed reduction
Inadequate treatment of previous injury
157. Specific clinical features of hip dislocation except

Relative shortening
Impossibility to achieve passive movement
Pain
Displacement of greater trochanter relatively of the line rozer-nelaton
158. Late complication of acetabular fracture

Avascular necrosis of iliac crest
Secondary osteoarthritis
Avascular necrosis of head of femur
Fixed deformity of the hip joint
159. Bones of shoulder joint are the following

Radius, ulna, humerus
Femur, tibia, fibula
Clavicle, coracoid process, acromion
Head of humerus, glenoid cavity of scapula
160. The projection of articular surface of shoulder joint anteriorly to

Under most protruding part of acromion
Long head of bicep muscle that passes through capsule & attach to supraglenoid cavity
Apex of coracoid process
Line connecting coracoid process with acromion end of clavicle
161. The ligament that strengthen the shoulder joint superiorly is

Glenohumeral medial ligament
Glenohumeral inferior ligament
Coracohumeral ligament
Glenohumeral superior ligament
162. Muscles that strengthen the capsule joint laterally is

Supraspinal & infraspinal muscles
Coracobrachialis & subscapularis muscles
Coracobrachialis & short head of biceps muscles
Long head of biceps & deltoid muscles
163. Dislocation of shoulder joint always occurs

Anteriorly
Posteriorly
Lateraly
Superiorly
164. Luxatio erecta

Tear of the glenoidal labium
Anterior dislocation of shoulder
Inferior dislocation of shoulder
Defect in the humeral head
165. A patient with recurrent dislocation of shoulder pre-sents to the hospital. The doctor tries to abduct
his armand to extend the elbow and external rotation, but the patient doesn't allow to do so. This test is
called
Hamilton's test
Apprehension test
Duga's test
Callway's test
166. In shoulder dislocations, the humeral head usually dislocates primarily in which of the following
directions
Anteriorly
Lateraly
Posteriorly
Superiorly
167. The following is true of clavicle fracture is except

Reduction even if achieved is difficult to maintain
Non-union is rare
Nonunion is common
Malunion is of no functional significance
168. Duga's test is helpful in

Dislocation of hip
Anterior dislocation of shoulder
Scaphoid fracture
Fracture neck of femur
169. Median sulcus in lower 3rd of forearm is limited medially by

Palmaris longus muscle
Flexor carpi radialis muscle
Brachioradialis muscle
Flexor digitorum profundus muscle
170. When positioning a supine patient for surgery, the ulnar nerve may be protected by
Resting the arm on the trunk with padding under the wrist
Positioning the arm on the table parallel to the body
Positioning the arm on an arm board with the palm down (pronated) and padding above and below the elbow
Positioning the arm on an arm board with the palm down (pronate) without further padding
171. When conducting a health history, the four most important areas to assess for a patient with
musculoskeletal problems are
Onset of symptoms, degree of pain, age and range of motion
Pain, comorbidities, swelling, and range of motion
Onset of symptoms, degree of deformity, paralysis and pain
Age, goals, limitations and pain
172. Monteggia fracture is

Fracture of lower end of radius
Dislocation of ulna
Fracture of upper end of radius
Fracure of upper third of radius
173. Galeazzi fracture is

Fracture of lower third of radius
Fracture of middle end of radius
Fracture of upper third of ulna
Fracture of upper end of radius
174. A Colles fracture is

A fracture of head of the radius
A fracture about the ankle joint
Common in elderly women
Common in adolescence
175. The type of displacement seen in colles fracture

Transverse
Oblique
Pronation
Dorsal
176. Dinner fork deformity is present in case of

Colles' fracture
Smith's fracture
Greenstick fracture
Student's elbow
177. A greenstick fracture

Is a fracture where part of the cortex is intact and part is crumpled or cracked
Occurs chiefly in the elderly
Is a spiral fracture of tubular bone
Doesn not occur in children
178. The following is true of sudeck's atrophy of hand except

Normal carpal muscles strength
Osteoporosis of carpals and metacarpals bones
Numbness in fingers
Hand is painful and swollen
179. Commonest dislocation of the hip

Posterior
Anterior
Central
None
180. The strongest ligament is

Ilio-femoral ligament
Ligamentum teres
Ischio femoral ligament
Pubo-femoral ligament
181. The following are true about hip bone

The external surface of the ala of ilium is called iliac fossa
The anterior superior iliac spine can not be palpated
Inferior to the anterior inferior iliac spine is the greater sciatic notch
The obturator foramen is formed by pubis and ischium
182. Fracture occurs in the hip is

Costal
Coxal
Gluteal
Lumbar
183. True statement concerning an anterior hip dislocation

It present with foot turned outward and the femoral head is palpable in groin area
It is easily reduced to prehospital setting
It is frequently seen in motor vehicle accident where the driver has struck the dashboard with his knee
It present with knee flexed and foot rotated medially
184. True statement regarding the fracture of hip joint except

Inability to lift, move or rotate the leg
Inability to stand
Intense pain in hip and groin
Pain but able to rotate the leg
185. The following are risk factors of hip fracture except

Age and sex
Poor coordination
Osteoporosis
Psychological stress
186. True fact regarding hip injuries

Iliac dislocation of the hip is associated with posterior wall acetabular fracture
Pauwels iii type is more stable than pauwels i type
Femoral head has better blood supply than trochanteric region
Garden lv type fractures are nondisplaced kind of fracture
187. Surgical treatments for hip injury are except

Hemiarthroplasty
Complete hip replacement
Internal fixation with hardware
Weight traction
188. Late complication of acetabular fracture with dislocation of hip includes

Prone to trauma
Osteoarthritis
Recurrent dislocation
Stiff hip
189. If an unstable hip is detected at birth the management policy is

Use the splint to keep the hip joint in 90 degree extension and adduction
Do nothing and re-examine every six month
Advice operative stabilization
Use a splint to keep the hip joint in 45 degree flexion and addcution
190. True statement of diagnosis of congenital hip dislocation in first three months of life
Positive tredelenburg test
Negative tredelenburg test
Negative barlow test
Negative ortolani test
191. The x-ray findings in tuberculosis of the hip include the following except
Wandering acetabulum
Downward tilting of the pelvis
Diminution of the joint space
Blurring of the joint outline
192. In children the treatment of the tuberculosis of the hip includes the following except
Weight traction to correct deformity
Extra-articular arthrodesis
Aspiration of the cold abcess
Fixation of the joint in the position of function
193. The most common diagnostic sign of congenital hip dysplasia in newly born
Widening of the perineum
Ortalani sign
Asymmetry of the buttocks
Limitation of hip abduction
194. Sites of formation of cold abcess in tuberculosis of hip joint are except
Anteriorly in scarpa triangle
Medially in iliopubic tract
Posteriorly in the region of greater trochanter
Laterally in iliopubic tract
195. The commonest type of tuberculous arthritis is

Synovial type
Fibrous type
Fibro-caseous type
Osseous type
196. Broken or interrupted shenton line is diagnostic of

Widening of the acetabulum
Destruction of neck of femur
Dislocation of the head of femur
Bony ankylosis
197. The commonest complication of posterior dislocation of hip joint except

Diaphyseal femoral fracture
Osteoarthritis in hip joint
Sciatic nerve injury
Fracture of acetabulum
198. Osteoarthritis of the hip most commonly occur in which patient

Above 30 years old
Above 50 years old
Above 40 years old
Above 20 years old
199. The following are the kind of fracture of first metacarpal bone except
Rolando
Bennett
Herbert
Wintershtain
200. All of the following are positioning of wrist to radiography when patient had fracture at navicular bone
except
Transoral
Scaphoid
Anterior-posterior
Lateral
201. Common symptom of fracture of wrist and hand is

Deformation
Crepitus
Swelling
Shortening
202. Specific symptom of fracture of wrist and hand

Pain
Bruise
Deformity
Edema
203. All of the following are ligaments of wrist except

Ulnar collateral & radial collateral ligament
Radialulnar ligament
Palmar radiocarpal ligament
Dorsal radiocarpal ligament
204. Following are the mechanism of trauma of navicular bone of the wrist except
A fall onto outstretched hand
A fall onto radially deviated wrist
Direct blow on palm
A fall onto flexed elbow
205. Variant of fracture of scaphoid bone of the wrist is

Diaphyseal
Cervical
Tubercular
Condylar
206. Duration of immobilization of fracture of proximal third of scaphoid bone of the wrist is
1 week
6-8 week
16-20 weeks
2-4 weeks
207. The following are clinical presentation of fracture of wrist except

Decrease range of motion
Decrease grasping power
Pain in the "pes anserinus"
Pain in the "anatomical snuffbox"
208. Duration of immobilization of fracture of body and distal one-third of navicular bone is
1 week
10-12 weeks
2-4 weeks
5-6 weeks
209. All the following are indication for operative treatment of scaphoid fracture except
Undisplaced fracture
Fracture-dislocation
Unstable fracture
Displaced fracture
210. All of the following are fracture sites for scaphoid bone except
Hook
Distal third
Middle third
Proximal third
211. All of the following are investigation for fracture except

X ray
CT scan
Ultrasound
Blood analysis
212. All of the following are sequel for scaphoid bone fracture except
Avascular necrosis
Malunion
Delated union
Scaphoid non union advanced collapse
213. The correct method of osteosynthesis of distal radius fracture

Necessarily accurate reduction and stable fixation
Internal osteosynthesis is not applicable
Applies only closed reduction and external osteosynthesis
Reduction of angular deformity does not necessarily
st
214. All the following are conservative treatment for patient with 1 metacarpal bone fracture except
Immobilization of the hand in a light dorsal slab for 3 weeks
“90-90” the method of reduction allows reducing and holding splinters, but it cannot be used as the method of fixation
External fixation
A minimal displacement is acceptable but in cases with severe displacement or angulation, reduction is necessary
215. Method of postoperative treatment for patient with fracture of navicular bone is
Skeletal traction
Early medical exercises with weights
Constant plaster immobilization
Removable plaster immobilization
216. All of the following are movement of wrist except

Supination and pronation
Flexion and extension
Abduction and adduction
Circumduction
217. All of the following are innervation of wrist except

Musculocutaneous nerve
Ulnar nerve
Radial nerve
Median nerve
218. In ankle sprain, the commonest ligament torn is

Posterior talo-fibular ligament
Tibio-talar ligament
Calcaneo fibular ligament
Anterior talo-fibular ligament
219. Complete rupture of tendo calcaneus is best treated by

Surgical repair
Tendon transfer
Arthrodesis of ankle and subtalar joint
Physiotherapy
220. True statement about acute rupture of tendo calcaneus (tendo-achillis)

Compression of calf muscles produes planter flexion of ankle
Radiograph will confirm the diagnosis
It usually occurs due to direct injury
Usually occurs in middle aged persons
221. The optimum time of an operation after trauma to the ankle is

6-8 hours
36-48 hours
72-96 hours
12-24 hours
222. The average time of consolidation of the metatarsal bone fracture for adult is
2-3 weeks
10-12 weeks
6-8 weeks
24-32 weeks
223. The following structure doesn’t limit the middle plantar space is
Long plantar ligament
Medial intermuscular septa
Inerosseous fascia
Plantar aponeurosis
224. The surface landmark of the ankle region is except

Medial malleolus
Lateral malleolus
Popliteal
Archilles tendon
225. The following are indication of amputation except

Malignancy
Gangrene
Infection
Severe trauma
226. Clinical sign of tarsal tunnel syndrome are the following except
Reduction of pain after walking
Paresthesia of dorsal aspect of foot
Paresthesia of plantar aspect of foot
Pain radiating to anterior aspect of leg
227. Transverse fracture of medial malleolus is caused by

Raise of foot
Adduction of foot
Abduction of foot
Flexion of foot
228. The symptom of sprain of the ankle is

Bruise around the knee
Ankle subluxation
Crepitus around malleolus
Local tenderness around malleolus
229. Aviator's fracture” is

Fracture neck of metatarsal
Total dislocation of talus
Pott's fracture
Fracture of neck of talus
230. The following are symptoms of hallux valgus except

Pain when walking
Tenderness of the joint
Deformation of the first toe axis
Hypermobility of the first toe
231. The cause of delayed union and non-union is

Adequate blood supply of bone fragments
Hematoma in the area of the fracture
Stable fixation
Inadequate fixation
232. The last step of healing of a fracture of the talus is

Hematoma formation
Remodelling
Callus formation
Consolidation
233. The preferred route of analgesics introduction during pre-hospital care in case of fracture of the talus
is
Intra-arterial
Intramuscular
Intradermal
Intraosseous
234. The following are symptoms of osteomyelitis except

The decrease of local temperature
Local redness
Lost of range of movement
Fever
235. Structure maybe damaged in fracture of the surgical neck of the humerus is
Median nerve
Radial nerve
Axillary nerve
236. The spinal cord is composed of

31 segments
2 segments
29 segments
32 segments
237. The pulse of posterior tibial artery is located between

st nd
1 and 2 toe
Lateral malleolus and calcaneus
2nd and 3rd toe
Medial malleolus and calcaneus
238. Superficial vein of the cubital fossa passes in company of lateral cutaneous nerve of the forearm is
Cephalic vein
Basilic vein
Brachial vein
Ulnar vein
239. Superficial vein of the cubital fossa passes in company of medial cutaneous nerve of the forearm is
Basilic vein
Brachial vein
Cephalic vein
Ulnar vein
240. Following are the bones forming the elbow joint except
Proximal part of radius
Distal part of humerus
Proximal part of ulna
Carpal bones
241. Name the bones forming the shoulder joint

Anatomical neck of humerus, spine of scapula
Surgical neck of humerus, coracoid process of scapula
Head of humerus, glenoid cavity of scapula
Shaft of humerus, acromion of scapula
242. Structure maybe damaged in fracture of the neck of radius is

Radial nerve
Interosseous artery
Brachial nerve
Ulnar nerve
243. Carpal tunnel syndrome is a result of

Compression of median nerve
Compression of musculocutaneous nerve
Compression of ulnar nerve
Compression of radial nerve
244. Wrist drop is due to

Paralysis of median nerve
Paralysis of radial nerve
Paralysis of musculocutaneous nerve
Paralysis of ulnar nerve
245. All of the following are the bones forming the hip joint, except
Acetabulum
Ischium
Head of femur
Neck of femur
246. The anterior group of muscles of the hip are the following, except
Pectineus
Piriformis
Rectus formis
Iliopsoas
247. The posterior group of muscles of the hip are the following, except
Rectus femoris
Obturator internus
Piriformis
Quadratus femoris
248. All of the following are the bones forming the knee joint, except
Patella
Distal part of femur
Tibia
Tarsal bones
249. Neurovascular bundle of popliteal fossa includes all, except

Common peroneal nerve
Popliteal artery
Popliteal vein
Tibial nerve
250. Symptoms occur in lesion of tibial nerve

Tarsal tunnel syndrome
Equinovalgus
Calcaneovalgus
Equinovarus
251. The spinal cord is composed of the following segments

12 cervical, 8 thoracic, 7 sacral, 6 lumbar, 2 coccygeal
252. Name structure which maybe damaged in fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus
Radial nerve
Axillary nerve
Median nerve
Ulnar nerve
253. The reliable signs of traumatic dislocation

Symptom of spring resistance
Hyperemia of the joint
Pathological mobility of bone fragments
Local swelling of the joint
254. The reliable signs of fracture

Local pain
Abnormal mobility
Lose of limb's function
A presence of bone fragments into the wound
Crepitus of the fragments
A bruises
255. The factors required for good fracture healing

Significant interfragmental mobility
Stable fixation
Interposition of the soft tissue
Ischemia of the damaged area.
Anatomic reposition
256. The methods of osteosynthesis

Lateral
External
Medial
Superficial
Profound
Internal
257. Systemic complications of diaphyseal fractures of long bones

Malunion
Fat embolism
Pulmonary thromboembolism
Nonunion
Traumatic shock
Osteomyelitis
Pseudarthrosis
258. Local complications of diaphyseal fractures of long bones

Fat embolism
Pseudarthrosis
Pulmonary thromboembolism
Malunion
Traumatic shock
Nonunion
Osteomyelitis
259. Clinically axis of the lower limb goes through all of the following points, except
The tip of medial malleolus
Anterior superior iliac axis
First toe
260. Clinically axis of the upper extremity passes through all of the following points, except
Radial head
Ulnar head
The center of the humeral head
Coracoid process of the scapula
261. The total length of the lower limb starts from anterior superior iliac spine till
Calcaneal tuber
Tip of medial malleolus
Major trochanter
Joint line of the knee
262. The total length of the upper limb is measured from acromial process to
The end of the fifth finger
Humeral head
Styloid process of the radius
Lateral condyle
263. X-ray diagnosis of vertebral fractures is based on all of these signs, except
Reducing the height of the vertebral body
The damage of cortical plate of the vertebral body
The displacement of the intervertebral disc
Deformation of natural curves
264. The victims with injury of lumbar region of the spine should be transported by soft stretcher in
Lateral pose
Sitting pose
Prone pose
Supine pose
265. The fracture of the "dens" of the ii cervical vertebra diagnosed by following roentgenological
projections
Oral
Oblique
Axial
Lateral
Anteroposterior
266. The hospital treatment of uncomplicated fracture of the cervical vertebrae has all following, except
Traction by glisson loop
Kramer's splint
Thoracocranial plaster cast
Cervical orthosis philadelphia
267. The dislocation occurred between the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, is named like dislocation of
5th vertebra
7th vertebra
4th vertebra
6th vertebra
268. The treatment of uncomplicated fractures of the thoracic spine has all following methods, except
From the conservative methods of treatment of injuries of the lumbar spine are used all the listed, except
Imposing plaster corset
A method of creating a "muscular corset" for gorinevskoy - dreving
Gradual reclination on rollers or special shield
Reclination simultaneous with fixing plaster corset
Fixing the fracture "belt lifter"
Immediate reclination and hard corset

Long gradual reclination by a reclinator
Skeletal traction
Only hard corset application
Functional treatment
269. The conservative methods of treatment of the lumbar spine injury consist of all following activities,
except
Transpedicular fixation
Hard corset wearing
Medical exercises
Long gradual reclination by reclinators
Immediate reclination and corset application
270. The detachable pelvic injury is fracture of

The ischium
Branch of pubic bone
The anterior superior iliac spine
The acetabulum
271. The fracture is accompanied by rupture of the pelvic ring

Acetabular edge fracture
Fracture of the horizontal pubic branch and ischial bone in different sides
Fracture of the horizontal branch pubic bone
Ipsilateral fracture of the pubic and ischial bones
Marginal fracture of the iliac wing
272. The fracture is not accompanied by rupture of the pelvic ring

Ipsilateral fracture of the pubic and ischial bones
Fracture of the horizontal pubic branch and ischial bone in different sides
Rupture of the symphysis and vertical fracture of the ilium
Monolateral rupture of the sacroiliac joint
273. The acetabular injuries are all of the following except

Fracture of horizontal branch of the pubic bone
Fracture of the edge of the acetabulum
Central dislocation of the femoral head
Fracture of the roof of the acetabulum
274. The symptoms of the pelvic bones fractures include all of the following except
Positive verneuil symptom
Positive larrey's symptom
Forced "frog" position
Positive trendelenburg symptom
Positive "straight leg raise" test
275. The clinical picture of iliac hip dislocation

Adducted lower limb
Slight flexion in the hip and knee
Abducted lower limb
External rotation of the limb
Significant flexion in the hip and knee
Internal rotation of the limb
276. The doctor who want to do manual reduction of the hip dislocation by kocher method should make all
following except
Adduction of the limb
Flexion in the hip
Flexion in the knee
Rotation of the limb
Axial traction of the limb
277. High risk of the nonunion is typical for

Transtrochanteric fracture
Intertrochanteric fracture
Femoral neck fracture i type by garden
Femoral neck fracture iv type by garden
278. Proximal fragment of the upper-third diaphyseal femoral fracture displaces to next following
directions
External rotation
Abduction
Flexion
Adduction
Internal rotation
279. Distal fragment of the distal-third diaphyseal femoral fracture has typical displacement
Posterior
Lateral
Inferior
Medial
280. Adequate method of orthopedic treatment of closed spiral diaphyseal femoral fracture
Closed reduction and plaster cast
Total replacement
Internal fixation
Amputation
281. The best method of anesthesia for closed reduction of the hip displacement is
Regional
General with myorelaxants
Spinal
Local with adrenaline
282. The direction of lower limb rotation in anterior hip dislocations

Downward
Outside
Inside
Upward
283. Early weight bearing after hip dislocation leads to development of

Avascular necrosis of the femoral head
Nonunion of the femoral head
Contracture of the hip
Ankilosis of the hip
284. Normal value of the cervico-diaphyseal angle

90-100º
105–107°
125–135º
150–160°
285. Classification of the femoral neck fracture according to a direction of dislacement of the fragments
Basel & subcapital
Flexed & extensed
Supinated & pronated
Abducted & adducted
286. Increasing of femoral artery pulsation at projection of poupart's ligament in femoral neck fracture was
discribed by
S.S. gyrgolav
A.V. kaplan
G.I. turner
A.V. vishnevsky
N.I pirogov
287. The rupture of medial collateral ligament of the knee is characterized by positive
Anterior drawer test
Valgus stress-test
Varus stress-test
Posterior drawer test
288. The rupture of lateral collateral ligament of the knee is characterized by positive
Varus stress-test
Valgus stress-test
289. The rupture of anterior cruciate ligament of the knee is characterized by positive
Valgus stress-test
Varus stress-test
290. The rupture of posterior cruciate ligament of the knee is characterized by positive
Valgus stress-test
Varus stress-test
291. Anterior cruciate ligament rupture leads to a subluxation the tibia to

Outward
Backward
Inward
Forward
292. A plantar flexion in the rupture of the achilles tendon

Normal
Reinforced
Absent
Weakened
293. Infrasyndesmotic bimalleolar fracture is characterized by

Transverse fracture of the lateral malleolus below the syndesmosis
Comminuted fracture of the fibula above the syndesmosis
Oblique fracture of the lateral malleolus at the place of the syndesmosis
Internal subluxation of the talus
Rupture of syndesmotic ligaments
External subluxation of the talus
Oblique fracture of the medial malleolus
Transverse fracture of the medial malleolus
294. Transsyndesmotic bimalleolar fracture is characterized by

295. Suprassyndesmotic bimalleolar fracture is characterized by

296. 296.The k-wire for skeletal traction in diaphyseal tibial fracture is conducted through
Tibial tuberosity
Calcaneus
Tibial diaphysis
Femoral epicondyles
297. The fracture of the medial condyle of the tibia with displacement leads to
Valgus deformity of the knee
Recurvation of the knee
Varus deformity of the knee
Antecurvation of the knee
298. The fracture of the lateral condyle of the tibia with displacement leads to
Valgus deformity of the knee
Varus deformity of the knee
Recurvation of the knee
Antecurvation of the knee
299. Bohler angle in compressive fractures of the calcaneus with displacement

Normal
Increased
Decreased
300. Closed fracture of the calcaneus without displacement is treated by

Closed reduction and plaster cast immobilization
Osteosynthesis
Only the plaster cast immobilization
Skeletal traction
301. Achilles tendon rupture is characterized by the inability to do

Plantar flexion
Dorsal foot extension
Knee flexion
Extension of toes
302. The fracture is

Partial rupture of ligaments surrounding the joint
A damage of the integrity of the bone
Inflammation of the bone
A defect of the cartilage
A displacement of the articular surfaces relative to each other
303. Complicated fracture is a combination of the broken bone with

Damaged the neurovascular bundle
Presence of many bone fragments
Violation of the axis of the segment
Violation of the integrity of the skin
Hematoma around fragments
304. Open fracture is a combination of the broken bone with

305. Comminuted fracture is a combination of the broken bone with

306. The kind of incomplete fracture

Apophyseal avulsion
Comminuted fracture
Fragmental fracture
"Green stick" fracture
307. Describing the fracture they use all of the following except
The type of bone marrow damage
Shape of the fracture
The type of displacement
The localization
308. The flatfoot (pes planus) is

Stable dorsoflexion of the foot
Increasing of the arches of the foot
Decreasing of the arches of the foot
Stable plantar flexion of the foot
309. The pes cavus is

310. The pes calcaneus is

311. The pes equinus is

312. The reason of traumatic flatfoot is

The rachitis
Prolonged overwork of the lower limbs
A fracture of the calcaneus
Pre-natal disorders
The poliomyelitis
313. The reason of paralytic flatfoot is

Pre-natal disorders
The poliomyelitis
The rachitis
314. The reason of congenital flatfoot is

Pre-natal disorders
The rachitis
The poliomyelitis
315. The reason of static flatfoot is

The poliomyelitis
Pre-natal disorders
The rachitis
316. The static deformations of the feet are all following except
Pes planus
Pes equinus
Pes transverso-planus
Hallux valgus
Pes plano-valgus
317. Predisposing factors of static flatfoot are all following except

Obesity
Malunion of metatarsal bones
Weak ligaments of foot
Senile age
Uncomfortable shoes
Hard physical activity
318. Longitudinal arch of the foot is formed by all following bones except
Metatarsal bones
Talus
Navicular bone
Phalanges of toes
Calcaneus
319. Typical complaints of the people with the flatfoot are all following except
Deformation of the feet
Fast fatiguability of the lower limbs
Chronic pain in the legs
Locked ankle
Chronic pain in the feet
320. Types of chronic shoulder instability are all following except

Central
Posterior
Anterior
Multidirectional
321. Diagnostic test for the diagnosis of the shoulder impingement

Yergason's sign
Apprehension test
Hawkins sign
Belly press test
322. Diagnostic test for the diagnosis of the biceps pathology

Belly press test
Hawkins sign
Yergason's sign
Apprehension test
323. Diagnostic test for the diagnosis of the shoulder instability

Yergason's sign
Hawkins sign
Belly press test
Apprehension test
324. Diagnostic test for the diagnosis of the rotator cuff pathology
Hawkins sign
Apprehension test
Belly press test
Yergason's sign
325. The damage of the glenoid labrum

Slap-lesion
Bankart lesion
Hill-sachs lesion
Calcific tendonitis
Proximal biceps tendonitis
Subacromial impingement
Rotator cuff tendonitis
326. The chronic inflomation and degeneration of the shoulder tendons

Adhesive capsulitis
Slap-lesion
Rotator cuff tendonitis
Calcific tendonitis
Hill-sachs lesion
327. Chronic pain in the shoulder due to the compression of the soft tissues between the bony structures
of the shoulder joint
Subcoracoid impingement
Internal impingement
Bankart lesion
Slap-lesion
Hill-sachs lesion
328. Classification of fractures according to the damaged part of the bone

Metaphyseal
Comminuted
Open
Closed
Oblique
Diaphyseal
329. Classification of fractures according to the degree of damage of the skin

Metaphyseal
Oblique
Open
Diaphyseal
Comminuted
Closed
330. Classification of fractures according to the origin

Closed
Traumatic
Metaphyseal
Open
Pathological
Diaphyseal
331. Classification of fractures according to shape of fracture

Spiral
Metaphyseal
Diaphyseal
Closed
Open
Oblique
332. Kinds of displacement of fragments of broken bones are all following except
At an angle
Across the width
Around the axis
Along the length
Into the depths
333. The x-ray of damaged segment helps to clarify all of the following except
The number of fragments
Kind of displacement of bone fragments
Wound size
Type of fracture line
Sized fragments
334. The palpation of the affected area helps to identify

Local tenderness
Changes in the gait
Segment shortening
Pulsation of the arteries
Localization of wounds
Type of deformation of the segment
Local temperature
335. The inspection of the affected area helps to identify

Local temperature
Localization of wounds
Changes in the gait
Pulsation of the arteries
Local tenderness
336. The measurement of the length the limb and its segments helps to identify
Relative elongation
Local temperature
Relative shortening
Anatomic shortening
Local tenderness
337. Checking axis of the limb helps to identify

Local tenderness
Relative shortening
Anatomic shortening
338. Checking range of motion of the joint helps to identify

Relative shortening
Anatomic shortening
The degree of restriction of movement
339. Invasive diagnostic methods are

Ultrasonography
Biopsy
CT scan
Arthroscopy
Puncture
MRI
Routine x-ray examination
340. Non-invasive diagnostic methods are

MRI
Arthroscopy
Puncture
Biopsy
Routine x-ray examination
CT scan
Ultrasonography
341. Local late complications of fractures are

Delayed union
Nonunion
Pulmonary embolism
Chronic sepsis
Malunion
Posttraumatic osteomyelitis
Fat embolism
342. The kramer’s splint for middle third diaphyseal tibial fracture immobilization is applied from tip of toes
to
Upper third of the shin
Middle third of the thigh
Middle third of the shin
Distal third of the shin
343. Kinds of disorders of fracture consolidation are

Fat embolism
Chronic sepsis
Posttraumatic osteomyelitis
Nonunion
Pulmonary embolism
Delayed union
Pseudarthrosis
344. Factors influencing fracture healing are all following except

Gender of the patient
The blood supply to the damaged area
Endocrine disorders
The degree of fragmentation of the bones
Age of the patient
345. The reasons of the disturbance of fracture consolidation are all following except
Significant diastasis between the fragments
Infection of fracture area
Stable fixation
Interposition of soft tissues
Inadequate fixation
Violation of local blood supply
346. The types of surgical treatment of pseudarthrosis are all following except
Tunnelization
Tendon grafting
Bone grafting
Bilocal osteosynthesis
347. Operative treatment of the nonunion of the fracture are

Electrical stimulation
Ultrasound
Tunnelization
Extracorporeal shock wave therapy
Stable osteosynthesis
Bone grafting
348. Conservative treatment of the nonunion of the fracture are

Ultrasound
Electrical stimulation
Stable osteosynthesis
Tunnelization
Extracorporeal shock wave therapy
Bone grafting
349. The description of atrophic nonunion

Vascularity is present on bone scan
Ischemic bone on bone scan
No evidence of callus formation on x-ray
Abundant callus on x-ray
Minimal callus on x-ray
350. The description of oligotrophic nonunion

351. The description of hypertrophic nonunion

352. Types of the elbow dislocation are all following except
Medial
Superior
Lateral
Posterior
Anterior
353. Dislocated elbow is characterized by deformation of the line

Shenton
Gunther
Rosen
Schumacher
354. Anterior elbow dislocation is characterized by

Elongation of the forearm
Shortening of the forearm
Peripheral paralysis
355. Posterior elbow dislocation is characterized by

Elongation of the forearm
Shortening of the forearm
Peripheral paralysis
356. Correct orthopedic inpatient care at the elbow dislocation includes all following except
Kramer's splint immobilization
General analgesia
Local lidocain anesthesia
Closed reduction
357. Correct orthopedic outpatient care at the elbow dislocation includes

General analgesia
Closed reduction
Local lidocain anesthesia
Kramer's splint immobilization
358. The fracture of the ulna and dislocation of the radial head is called as fracture of
Galeazzi
Colles
Monteggia
Smith
359. The fracture of the radius and dislocation of the ulnar head is called as fracture of
Galeazzi
Colles
Monteggia
Smith
360. The distal radius fracture with dorsal displacement is called as fracture of
Galeazzi
Colles
Monteggia
Smith
361. The distal radius fracture with volar displacement is called as fracture of
Galeazzi
Colles
Monteggia
Smith
RUSSIAN TEST LOG
1. Medical assistance to the wounded and affected by the military action or during peaceful time
catastrophies:
Compliance with military doctrine
2. Medical support for the wounded is carried out in the system therapeutic and evacuation actions called:
Stage treatment
3. Medical items and medical institutions where consequently delivered victims during battle actions are
called:
Stages of medical evacuation
4. According to the modern military surgical doctrine, exclusive surgical assistance to the wounded should
be provided for: 6-12 hours
5. According to the modern military surgical doctrine in treatment of the fire shorts the unified approach in
which recommended:
Early primary surgical treatment
Early antibiotic therapy
Wound closure with primary delayed suture
6. According to the modern military surgical doctrine for all evacuation stages have priority:
Emergency medical procedures
Antishock therapy
Blood loss compensation
7. Surgical treatment of damages in patients with liquid depends on:
Life hazard damage
Surgical incidence
Period of traumatic illness
8. Sit in correct sequence. Phases of assistance to victims of disasters:
Insulation
Salvation
Recovery
9. Medical assistance process for mass damage:
Disaster medical intelligence
Search and rescue
Sorting affected
Evacuation of victims
10. Complex of actions for the action and extraction of victims from the zone catastrophes, delivery of them
at medical points and in medical institutions for actions timely and necessary heath care and treatment is
called: Evacuation
11. Availability of the affected damage which during delay assistance will lead to irreversible consequences:
First version
12. Availability injury damage which during delay assistance will not lead to disorder of vital importance the
function of the organism allows it to evacuate is: Second quality
13. Total therapeutic and preventive activities that must be performed for such accidents damage at this
stage of medical evacuation called: Amount of medical care
14. Medical assistance process for mass damage:
First medical
Pre-medical
First medical
Qualified
Specialized
15. Cutting of the extremity hanging on a skin rag, performed on stage action, first doctor, help, is called:
Transport amputation
16. Complex of activities aimed to allocate victims needed in homogenous preventive prevention events in
dependence from medical indications. The installed amount of help and the possibility of providing it on
this stage Is called: Medical sorting
17. Bleeding arising immediately after injury is called: Primary
18. Novocain blockers apply for: Eliminate pain
19. Blockade of a fracture location with anesthetic solution in contraindicated: Individual intolerance
20. Accidental action algorithm:
a. Elimination of traumatic agent
b. Diagnostics and restoration of functions
c. Body support systems
d. Diagnosis of local body damages
e. Prehospital medical care
f. Transportation to specialized medical
g. Institution
21. Pre:hose medical care for closed fractures:
a. Diagnosis of life:threatening pathological
b. StatesIdentification of local sign of fracture
c. Anesthesia
d. Transport immobilization
e. Transportation to a specialized facility
22. Pre:hose medical care for open fractures:
a. External bleeding
b. Anesthesia
c. Aseptic dressing
e. Transportation to a specialized facility
23. Bleeding arising after 2-3 days after injury and related with pushing a close from the enlightenment of a
vessel, called: Secondary early
24. Medical analgesic of patients with damage to the support engine approached by application:
Analgesics
Anesthetics
25. Bleeding arising after 5-10 days after injury and related to arrozy blood vessel, and purulent melt
thrombus is called: Secondary late
26. Blowing blood colour through from a wound indicates on: Injury to the great artery
27. Closed femoral fracture without damage to main vessels accompanied by blood loss with a volume: 700-
1000 ML
28. The volume of blood loss when which is independent compensation, is _ of the volume of circulating
blood:10%
29. Primary objective of infusion-transfusion therapy acute massive blood loss (first 10-20 minutes after
wounding) correction is: Critical hypovolemia
30. Harness application stages:
a. Apply soft tissue to the damaged segment
b. Lining
c. First round tourniquet to impose above the wound
d. Tour tourniquet to impose with ‘’overlap’’ in the proximal direction
31. Doctor actions before blood transfusion:
a. Determine the blood group of the recipient
b. Determine the blood group of the donor in the bottle
c. Test for individual compatibility
d. Conduct a biological test
32. Event taken on the battlefield in the volume of the first medical care for closed fracture of bones:
Immobilization with improvised means
33. First aid measure for open bone fractures of limbs: Aseptic dressing
34. Damage to abdominal bodies with parietal rip performance sheet is called: Penetrating
35. First aid measure for rupture of the urethra and overflowed urinal bladder is: Suprapubic puncture
36. Early symptoms of the accessing wound of the hollow bodies caves:
a. Muscle tension of the anterior abdominal wall
b. Signs of peritoneal irritation
37. First aid measures for accident baby injuries are:
a. Fixation with a cotton-gauze ‘’donut ‘’ of precipitated intestinal loops
b. Infusion therapy for blood substitutes
38. Stages of audit of the abdominal cavity in penetrating wounds of the abdominal cavity:
a. Stop abdominal bleeding
b. Revision of the liver and spleen
c. Revision of the walls of the stomach and pancreas
d. Small and large intestine revision
e. Pelvic revision
39. Stages of operative intervention on the body bodies after opening of the abdominal cavity:
a. Bleeding stop
b. Internal audit
c. Intervention on damaged organs
d. Rehabilitation of the abdominal cavity
e. Abdominal drainage
f. Laparotomy wound closure
40. Suspension in the side animal division, not moving with transfer of the affected from the position on the
back situation called symptom: Joyce
41. Clinical syndromes at a closed fracture hemothorax:
Pain
Respiratory failure
Blood loss
42. Clinical syndromes at the closed floating (finished) fracture ribs:
Respiratory failure
Paradoxical chest movement
43. Breast cell injury which causes air consumption in cavity with full lung collapse called: Total pneumothorax
44. Accumulation of blood in the pleural cavity is called: Hemothorax
If when chest x-rays are taken in a direct projection, the blood level located between the diaphragm dome
and shoulder angle, this is: Middle hemothorax
45. Air consumption in soft breast wall tissues are called: Subcutaneous Emphysema
46. Accumulation of air in soft medium tissues is called: Mediastinal emphysema
47. Syndrome of acute cardiac failures is called intrapericardial pressure of the heart with liquid or gas is
called: Tamponade heart
48. Treatment and diagnostic tactics in enclosed breast injury cells with pneumothorax:
Chest x-ray
Pleural puncture
Thoracocentesis
Pleural cavity drainage
49. Symptomocomplex developing when sharp long compression of the breast cell got a name traumatic
asphyxia
50. Clinical picture of erectile phase of traumatic shock:
Tachycardia
Arterial normotonia
Clear mind
Motor excitement
51. Clinical picture of the torpide phase of traumatic shock:
Tachycardia
Arterial hypotension
Soporous consciousness
Motor adynamia
52. Reason of hypovolemic shock is an: volume decrease of circulating blood
53. Pathogenesis of hypovolemic shock:
a. Acute massive blood loss
b. Circulatory deficiency
c. Decrease in stroke volume of the heart
d. Centralization of blood circulation
e. Metabolic acidosis of tissues
54. Clinical shock indicators
Stage of shock Pulse (hits in minute) Systolic hell (mm rt st)
First 90-100 95-100

Second 120-140 75-90
55. The distinctive feature of the traumatic shock is: Severe pain impulse
56. First aid measures in traumatic shock:
Temporary bleeding stop
Anesthesia
Immobilization of damage
Elimination of hypovolemia
57. Attitude of the frequency of heart reduction to the systolic arterial pressure is called: Algovera
58. Clinical picture of long pressure syndrome in the period compression are due to the development of injury
shock
59. Clinical picture of long pressure syndrome in the period decompressions is due to the development of
endogenous toxicosis
60. First aid measure for long pressure syndrome:
a. Tetanus prophylaxis
b. Analgesic therapy
c. Infusion therapy
61. Blocking of kidney tubes in long pressure syndrome conditioned by the influence of free circulating in
blood: Myoglobin
62. Actions for first medical care for patient with long pressure syndrome:
a. Application of a tourniquet proximal to the compression site
b. Elimination of compressive factor
c. Stiff bandage
63. Stopping a heart activity (asystoly) immediately after removal harness during long pressure syndrome
related to sharp increasing concentration potassium in blood
64. Reducing the speed of conversion of myoglobin to hydrochlor hematin in kidney achieved by application:
Sodium bicarbonate
65. Organism system response at wrapping is displayed: Traumatic shock
66. Simultaneous damage to internal bodies in two and more caves are called: Combined
67. Injury of one body in one cavity is called: Isolated
68. Simultaneous damage to internal bodies and support the motor unit is called combined damage
69. Simultaneous damage to the organism by various factors: Mechanical, thermal, radiation: is called
combined damage
70. Stages of primary surgical treatment of the wound:
a. Tissue dissection
b. Tissue excision
c. Reconstruction of damaged tissue
d. Wound drainage
e. Wound closure
71. First medical self and mutual aid measure wounded:
a. Pressure bandage application
b. Aseptic dressing
72. Curving the wound channel, coming in the following hour after injury, called the secondary deviation
73. All firewares are considered: Primarily microbially contaminated
74. Wound characterized by the separation of skin and subcutaneous tissue from suitable fabrics called:
Scalped
75. Mechanical damage to tissues and bodies accompanied violation of the integrity of the skin or mucous
membranes for everything there is called: Wound
76. All accidental wounds are: Microbially contaminated
77. Indications for primary suture:
Radical excision of necrotic tissue
Lack of inflammatory changes
The free approach of the edges of the wound
78. Surgical treatment of wounds prevented to prevention wounded infection is called: Primary
79. Occurrence infectious wounded complications surgical treatment in performed which is called: Secondary
80. Delay of the primary surgical treatment of the gun leads to the development of: Wounded infections
81. Curving the wound channel arising at the moment fire injury called: Primary deviation
82. Breathing of the respiratory ways has the same effects on organism as a deep burn of skin by area: 10-
15%
83. Prognostic index (according to the hundred rule) is determined amount:
Age of victim
Total burn area
Burn of airways
84. Definition of the frank index is based on 1% surface burn takes into account as one score, and 15 deep
burn: As three score
85. Hand area for adult patient (by 2 Glumov) makes one of the whole area of his body
86. Duration of the period of burnshock shock is: Three days
87. Adverse prognostic signs for burn shock is a reduction of arterial pressure and indicator hourly: Diuresa
88. Prevention of pressure segment of extremity at circular deep burns are provided by application:
Decompression necrotomy
89. Periods of burn disease:
a. Burn shock
b. Acute burn toxemia
c. Septicotoxemia
d. Convalescence
90. Method for closing burning wounds, called autodermoplasty: Perforated flap
91. According to A. Walles rule burn square for this patient makes 9% of the whole surface of the body
92. Threshold dose (grey) external uniform radiation necessary for the manifestation of acute radiating
disease is: 1
93. A radiation damage is manifested: Shortening the latent period of radiation sickness
94. Primary surgical treatment of wounds infected radioactive substance in latent period ends by imposing
primary seam
95. Surgical interventions with combined radiation damages should be performed in the period of latent
radiating disease
96. Principle of urgency says ‘’First aid should be emergency and begin on the accident‘’
97. Caviar blue skin colour, fine point blue blood on the skin of the head, muscles of the mouth and in the
conjunctive injury to the breast characteristic for: Traumatic asphyxia
98. Special immobilization of ribs (fixation of conservative and operational methods) shown at: Floating rib
fractures
99. Reliable symptom of fracture of rib: Bone crepitus
100. Trusted breast fracture symptom: Deformation in the form of a step
101. Symptom of ‘’interrupted inspiration‘’ is characteristic for: Rib fracture
102. The main objective in the treatment of isolated uncomplicated breakthrough ribbing is: Adequate pain
relief
103. Indications for drainage of the pleural cavity:
Obtaining by puncture more than 100ml of blood
Intense pneumothorax
104. Hemathorax (volume of blood) divided on:
Small
Big
Middle
105. Pleural performance for pneumothorax is at level – second - interridge on the secondary line
106. Method for correcting shoulder disposal in janelidze: 6
107. Finger deformation, accompanied by passive bending Nail phalange and re-folding of the middle
phalange is characteristic for damage to the tendon: Extensor finger
108. Bending and enduring fractures of a distal metaepiphysis the radiation bones have a general title
"The radiation fracture in typical place”
109. A primary tender surface is called a suture imposed on tendon: Seven days after injury
110. X-ray control of possibilities of secondary displacement fragments of a cast cast with a fracture of the
radius typical place carrying out through: 7:10 days
111. Displacement of bone fractures during a radiation fracture in typical place leads to formation
characteristic gusble deformation.
112. Tactics of treatment of closed beam fracture in a typical place without displacement: Closed reposition,
gypsum immobilization
113. Insulated bending in a proximal interfalanger joint carried out at the account: Muscle tendons of
superficial flexor of the finger
114. Provide the correct response in the window defeat middle nerve leads to development
symptomocomplex, which is called: Monkey's paw
115. Defeat elbow nerve leads to development symptomocomplex, which is called: Tonal brush
116. Defeat beam nerve leads to development symptomocomplex, which is called: Hanging brush
117. Section of clinical medicine studying the pathogenesis of damage motor system and developing
methods of their diagnosis, treatment and prevention is called: Traumatology
118. Section of clinical medicine studying ethiology and pathogenesis motor system diseases and
developing the methods of their diagnosis, treatment and prevention is called: Orthopedics
119. Totality injury repeated at defined the circumstances of the same populations for a specific time
period is called: Injury
120. Structural and functional disturbances of organism homeostasis, caused by mechanical damage, or
combining them with other exogenic impact is called traumatic disease.
121. Fractures in which there is no pathological mobility: Hammered, Linked, Incomplete
122. Fractures in which there is no crepitation of bone fractures: Hammered, Interposition, Incomplete
123. Method for measuring movement amplitude in a joint at which amplitude end points and neutral
position register joint, called the method of neutral zero position.
124. Availability on x:rays of ungraved fracture, obliteration bone-brain channels, sclerosis and bonds end
congruence in the field of fracture talks about the presence of signs false joint bones.
125. Local femal fracture area: 3
126. Localization area of T shaped femoral fractures: Five
127. Localization area of medical femoral fractures: (Hotspot # 1 and Hotspot # 2)
128. (Top down) First aid measures at the place of accident closed hip fracture
a. Solution of promedol 2%: 2 ml intramuscularly
b. Diterichs bus immobilization
c. Supine evacuation
d. Intravenous infusion of blood substitutes
e. Hospitalization in the trauma unit
129. (Top down) First aid measures at the place of accident open femor fracture
a. Application of a tourniquet on the upper third of the thigh
b. Solution of promedol 2%: 2 ml intramuscularly
c. Aseptic dressing
d. Diterichs bus immobilization
e. Supine evacuation
f. Intravenous infusion of blood substitutes
g. Hospitalization in the trauma unit
130. Femoral fracture which is accompanied by damage popliteal artery: Lower third diaphysis
131. (Top down) Treatment and diagnostic tactics of a doctor traumatologist at arrival of the patient with
hip damage
a. Diagnostics of functions of life support systems
b. Organism
c. Diagnosis of local damage
d. Solution of promedol 2%:2 ml intramuscularly
e. X:ray examination
f. Removal of transport immobilization
g. A solution of novocaine 1%:50 ml in the fracture area
h. Therapeutic immobilization
132. Closed uncomplicated femoral diaphysis fracture bloodless accompanied until 500-1200 ml.
133. Character of friendship fractures needing operational treatment: Discrepancy of fragments by 5 mm,
fragmented
134. Symptom of damage of the menisk of the knee joint image on illustrations: Baykova
135. Primary injury to the knee joint accompanied by the blockade, which has been eliminated, then these
cases, the operation: Shown with repeated blockages
136. Damage of the knee joint of the knee is accompanied by symptom: Blockade
137. Illary hips: 1
138. Locking disposition of the hip: 4
139. Hip disposal: 3
140. Table dispositionl: 2
141. (Top down) Stages of adjustment of the disposition of the hip by the Kocher
a. Limb flexion in the knee and hip
b. The joints
c. Hip extension
d. Hip rotation out
e. Adduction of the thigh
f. Extension and rotation of the inside
142. Classification based on the assessment of displacement of neck fragments fem x-ray direct
projections: Gardner
143. Classification based on the assessment of the corner of the fracture line to horizontal lines: Powels
144. Symptom of strengthened pulsation of femoral vessels under part a liability at femoral neck fractions
described S.S. Girgolav
145. Four-eye-head muscular tendon symptoms: Retraction in the gap zone, violation of the active extension of
the leg
146. The size of normal cervical-diaphysis angle is 125-130 degrees.
147. Malgen type ankle fracture mechanism (character of stop motion): Adduction, Supination
148. Dupuitren type ankle fracture mechanism (character of stop motion): Abduction, Pronation, Inflection
149. The treatment of fractures of the calcaneus without displacement is carried out: Plaster cast
150. Selection method for crushed fractures of the body of the talar: Primary arthrodesis
151. Needle for skeletonal extension in fracture through: Calcaneus
152. Diseases of foot at supination-adduction fractures ankle is happening: Inside
153. Fracture of the ankles, combined with a fracture of the rear margin tibers with explosion of stains
back being known as fracture Potta-Desto
154. Method for stabilizing pelvic fracture with violation continuity of the front and rear departments in
combination with traumatic shock III degree: Skeletal traction, Rod apparatus
155. Anesthesia of fractures of the pubic and iliac pelvic bones specialized help is carried out by the
method on: Shkolnikov
156. Effective method of anesthesia for fresh bone fractures the pelvis is a novocain blockade on:
Scholnikov-Selivanov
157. Shar tension of the muscle region of the hip joint leads to the origin of fractures: (Ile) iliac spine
158. Symptom of the "reverse stroke" characteristic for a separate fracture: osti iliac
159. Symptom GABA's manifestations: Supporting a sore leg healthy with a change in body position
160. Symptom Larrea is a pain at a fracture: Dilating the wings of the ilium
161. Non:changeable boundaries when changing the body position called symptom: Joys
162. Verneil's symptom is a pain at a breast fracture: compression of the wings of the ilium
163. Fractures without disturbance of the pelvic ring integrity: Fracture of one branch of the pubis, isolated
sciatic fracture, fracture of the horizontal branches of the pubic bones
164. Sharp branches damaged calls called symptom Rear
165. strengthening local sickness in the area of damaged call during lifting direct legs on the back
166. Identification at patient from fracture spine pseudoaddominal syndrome is talking about available
retroperitional hematomas.
167. Foot flooring is called: Flat stop
168. Number of foot arches in human: 2
169. Number of rays of long:term valve of foot in human: Five
170. The ratio of the painted part of the foot print to the maximum width of the follow:up part of the foot at
the same level expressed in the interest is called the index: Streater
171. Attitude of the loaded part of the foot to the unloaded part of the foot at the same level, the index is
called: Godunova
172. Line drawed from the top of the internal ankle to the lower the surface of the head of the first tusal
bone is called a line: Face
173. Angle of longitudinal valve of the foot on the x:ray x:ray in projections determined by thefollowing
points: Lower edge of the scaphoid, calcaneal tubercle, head of the first metatarsal bone
174. Height of longitudinal valve of foot in determination of index Fridland is measured from floor to: The
superior margin of the scaphoid
175. Face line in normal crosses: The superior edge of the scaphoid
176. Dots which are used for determining the length of a stop at calculation of the freedland index: The tip
of the first finger, calcaneal tubercle
177. Gonartrosis first stage: 3
178. Bone ankylosis of the knee joint: 6
179. Significant osteophytes, narrowing of the articular gap, subchondral osteosclerosis. Changing the
compound of joint surfaces and the bio:mechanical axis of the joint is characteristic for the third stage
osteoarthrosis.
180. Joint defiguration in osteoarthrosis arises as a result availability: Paraarticular edema, secondary
synovitis, muscle hypotrophy
181. Joint deformation in osteoarthrosis arises as a result availability: Joint axis changes, osteo:cartilaginous
growths
182. The result of the condition of the human disposal in childhooddysplastic coxarthrosis is.
183. Anatomic and functional complex consisting of two adjacent of calls connected between your
interderversion disk, a also the ligament system and joints has the name vertebral engine segment.
184. Pumping interdervertebral disc without breaking integrity fibrous ring is called on distrusion disk.
185. Rip of the fibrous ring with the pulse nucleus exit limits are called prolapse disc.
186. Fragmentation and loss of a pulpus kernel in the spinal a channel through a fibrous ring defect is
called security disc
187. Disk hernia that goes into the body of a call are called hernia: Shmorlya
188. Triad of bar at osteochondrosis is a combination: Straightening physiological lordosis, the appearance of
pathological scoliosis, decrease in intervertebral disc height
189. General title of acute vertebrogenic lumbar pain: Lumbago
190. General name of substrain and chronic handbrogen lumbar pain: Lumbalgia
191. The general name of subacute vertebral pains, spreading from the lumbar region to the gluteal region
and leg; Lumbar ischalgia
192. (Top down) first aid tactics for spine damage
a. Solution of promedol 2%: 2 ml intramuscularly
b. Impose head holder
c. Transfer the patient to the shield
d. Transport lying
e. Hospitalization in a specialized department
193. X-ray program for two projections demonstrates fracture: Galeatzzi
194. X-ray program for two projections demonstrates fracture: Montage
195. Therapy immobilization of fractures of ankles is carrying out uimage gypsum bandage by: Volkovich
196. (Top down) Sequence of injuries of the elements of the ice joints in supination and outdoor rotation
(by Lauge-Hansen)
a. Rupture of anterior portion of syndesmosis
b. External ankle fracture
c. Rupture of a back portion of syndesmosis
d. Internal ankle fracture
197. (Top down) Sequence of injuries of the elements of the ice joints for pronation and outdoor rotation
(by Lauge-Hansen)
a. Internal ankle fracture
b. External ankle fracture
c. Rupture of a back portion of syndesmosis
198. (Top down) patient treatment tactics with external ankle fracture with displacement
a. Fracture block
b. Closed manual reposition
c. Immobilization of a bandage volkovich
d. X:ray reposition control
e. Outpatient treatment if reposition is achieved
f. Control inspection after 6 days
g. X:ray control of secondary displacement
199. The immobilization level at fracture of diaphysis of bones of the preparation in middle third:
Metacarpophalangeal joints, middle third of the shoulder
200. Immobilization level at beam fracture typical place: Metacarpophalangeal joints, upper third of the forearm
201. Immobilization level at fracture of the third metaxis: Fingertips, middle third of the forearm
202. Ways of thermal therapy: Ozocritotherapy, paraffin therapy
203. Electrotherapy methods: Electrophoresis, iontophoresis
204. Methods of light therapy: Laser therapy, ultraviolet radiation
205. Methods of physiotherapy applicable when strengthening lines ankle joint in the second week of
treatment: Diadynamic currents, sinusoidal modulated currents
206. Rehabilitation activities aimed at development movement in joints: Underwater massage shower,
swimming in the pool
207. Physiotherapy of post:dramatic edema in fractures of bones in first 2-3 days: Ultra high frequency
currents, magnetotherapy
208. Physiotherapy of organized subcutaneous hematoma for 14-20 day from injury: Electrophoresis iodine,
electrophoresis of dionine
209. Physiotherapy of chronic postoperative osteomyelitis at available metal structure: Ultra high frequency
current, laser therapy, ultraviolet radiation
210. Structure of the knee joint which damage to which a positive symptom of the front drawer is
observed: 1
211. Structure of the knee joint which damage to which a positive symptom of the back drawbox observed:
2
212. Structure of the knee joint which damage to which positive excessive outdoor deviation observed
drumsticks: 3
213. (Top down) Diagnostic tactics of specialized care for hemartrosis of the knee joint
a. Palpation of the joint
b. Radiography
c. Puncture
d. Blood aspiration
e. Flushing of the joint cavity with anesthetic
f. Joint stability clinical tests
214. Symptom arising in damage of the front cross bunch, called: Front drawbox
215. Symptom arising when damage to the back cross Bunch, called: Back drawbox
216. The objective method of diagnostic of the condition of capsuloof The knee joint liable unit is:
Arthroscopy
217. Specialized care therapeutic measures uncomplicated contact stable fractures of both bones
drumsticks without displacement: Plaster cast, blockage of the fracture site
218. Specialized care therapeutic measures uncomplicated contact unstable bone bone fractures shanks
offset: Blockage of the fracture site, skeletal traction
219. Gypsum dressing for fracture of the tibia in the lower third diaphysis last from fingers: Middle third
thigh
220. Gypsum dressing for fracture of the tibia in the middle third diaphysis last from fingers: Gluteal fold
221. Gypsum bandage for both ankle fractures lasts from the tips fingers to: Knee joint
222. Angle, which change after injury will be discussed the displacement of the heel bone fragments is
called the angle: Beléra
223. Caviar-blue skin color, fine point blue blood on the skin of the head, muscles of the mouth and in tthe
conjunctive injury to the breast characteristic for: Traumatic asphxia
224. Special immobilization of ribs (fixation of conservative and operational methods) shown at : Floating
rib fractures score
225. Reliable symptom of fracture rib : Bone crepitus score
226. Trusted breast fracture symptom : Deformation in the form of a step
227. Symptom of "interrupted inspiration" is characteristic for : Rib fracture
228. The main objective in the treatment of isolated uncomplicated breakthrough ribbing is : Adequate pain
relief
229. Indications for drainage of the pleural cavity : Obtaining by puncture more than 100 ml of blood , intense
pneumothorax
230. Hematorax (volume of blood) divided on: Small, big , middle
231. First aid measures in open pneumotic rex include : Application of the occlusion bandage
232. Pleural performance for pneumothorex is at level second interridge on the secondary line.
233. Hemotorxa pleural punch is at level [seventh] intercreasures on the submuscular line.
234. A primary tender surface is called a suture imposed on tendon is not later : Seven days after injury
235. Fractures in which there is no pathological mobility : Hammered, linked, incomplete
236. Fractures in which there is no crepitation of bone fractures: Hammered, incomplete
237. First aid measures at the place of accident closed hip fracture: Solution of promedol 2% - 2 ml
intramuscularly , diterichs bus immobilization, supine evacuation , hospitalization in the trauma unit
238. First aid measures at the place of accident open femor fracture : Application of a tourniquet on the Upper
third of the thigh, solution of promedol 2% - 2 ml intramuscularly , aseptic dressing , diterichs bus immobilization
,intravenous infusion of blood substitutes .hospitalization in the trauma unit
239. Femoral fracture which is accompanied by damage popliteal artery : Lower third diaphysis
240. Treatment and diagnostic tactics of a doctor-traumatologist at arrival of the patient with hip damage :
Diagnostics of functions of life support systems, organism ,diagnosis of local damage, solution of promedol 2% -2
ml intramuscularly, x-ray examination , removal of transport immobilization ,a solution of novocaine 1% -50 ml in
the fracture area, therapeutic immobilization
241. Method for fixing unstable fracture of the pelvic bones in combination with traumatic shock III degree :
Core device
242. Anesthesia of fractures of the pubic and iliac pelvic bones specialized help is carried out by the
method on : Shkolnikov
243. Sharp voltage of the tension muscle leads fractures : Iliac spine
244. Symptom gaba's manifestations : Supporting a sore leg healthy with a change in body position
245. Symptom larrea is a pain at a fracture : Dilating the wings of the ilium
246. Verneil's symptom is a pain at a breast fracture : Compression of the wings of the ilium
247. Fractures without disturbance of the pelvic ring integrity : Fracture of one branch of the pubis , isolated
sciatic fracture , fracture of the horizontal branches of the pubic bones
248. At a fracture of the radial bone in a typical place gypsum dressing found from finger basis to : Upper
third of the forearm
249. In fracture of the metacarpal bone, the gypsum dressing is superimposed from fingers to: Middle third
of the forearm
250. Shorting of percuteric sound in the slope places of the abdominal cavity with non-changeable
boundaries when changing the body position called symptom: Joys
251. Effective method of anesthesia for fresh bone fractures the pelvis is a novocain blockade on:
Scholnikov-selivanov
252. Borne acid maximum active by attitude to synoagonic wand.
253. Role of antibiotics in the treatment of the ras : Sterilize the wound, delay the development of wound
infection
254. Tactics of treatment of infected wounds : Secondary surgical treatment drainage antiseptics regeneration
stimulants restoration of the integrity of the skin
255. Classical triad at tetanus - this is dysfagia, rigidity naperital muscles and trism facial muscles.
256. Specific wounded infection: Gas anaerobic gangrene
257. Specific scheduled prevention of tetanus performing DTP: According to the scheme
258. Combination of the total inflammatory reaction syndrome and local the inflammation test speaks
about the patient's availability : Sepsis
259. Fixation of hip fractures by the diterichs cby extension.
260. Fixation of Disposition of the hips extensions.
261. Introduction of anesthetic in the field of fracture is called: Blockage of the fracture site.
262. Anesthetic injection in the perineural regional enclosure nerve : Conduction anesthesia
263. Introduction of anesthetic in subarahnoidal space : Spinal anesthesia
264. Introduction of anesthetic in peridural space is called: Epidural anesthesia
265. Stages of development of the infectious process at sepsis : Microbial contamination of the wound, local
inflammatory reaction ,release of cytokines and bacteria into the general bloodstream ,systemic inflammatory
response, severe sepsis, septic shock ,refractory septic shock
266. Biological barrier for the dissemination of purulent infection is: Granulation shaft
267. Phases of the course of the wounding process: Vascular changes wound cleansing regeneration scar
organization
268. The tactics of antibiotic therapy in wound infection: Taking wound contents for sensitivity to ,antibiotics
,surgical treatment of wounds ,empirical antibiotic therapy ,obtaining results of sensitivity analysis to ,antibiotics,
sensitivity antibiotic therapy
269. Young granulations in a wound and reducing signs exusding is an indication for : Canceling an
antiseptic
270. Method of draining purulent called: Flow-flush draining
271. Method of draining purulent rash imaged in the figure called : Aspiration draining
272. Illustration draws a clinical clinical sign tetanus which is called : Opistotonus
273. Illustration draws a clinical clinical signtetan, which is called: Sardonic smile
274. Clinical characteristics characteristic for the table of the middle degree severity -: Incubation period
lasts 14 days , regional cramps , breathing is not broken
275. Clinical characteristics characteristic for a heavy degree tower : Incubation period lasts 7 days ,
generalized cramps , dyspnea
276. Reasons for the development of asphxia at tetanus- paresis of the diaphragm :Spasm of respiratory
skeletal muscle , laryngospasm
277. Any body damage accompanied pain syndrome
278. Methods of anestheasis at the stage of first medical care: Transport immobilization, non-narcotic
analgesic ,local hypothermia
279. Casual novocain blockade is variety regional anesthesia.
280. Novocain blocks applicable for breakthrough riber: Vagosympathetic ,paravertebral , fracture sites,
intercostal
281. Osteosynthesis concept has the following goals: Anatomical reduction ,stable hold, early functional
treatment
282. The absolute signs of a breakthrough are: Deformation of the axis of the limb , pathological mobility
283. Ethiological classification of contracts includes: Post-traumatic ,post-burn ,post-immobilization
284. Slow consolidation of fracture is characterized: The presence of mobility between fragments ,the absence
of clear signs of fusion in the maximum physiological period , distinct fracture line in radiograph
285. False joint characterized: The presence of mobility between fragments ,the absence of clear signs of fusion
in doubled physiological periods , obliteration of the bone marrow canal in the fracture area
286. Skeletonal extension is contraindicated with: Alcoholic psychosis
287. Novocain blockes apply for : Eliminate pain
288. Application of circular gypsum dressings in ambulatory dangerous conditions: The possibility of
increasing limb edema
289. Reducing post-dramatic extremity of extremity in a gypsum bandages favorable: Elevated position of
the limb
290. Dispose this: Complete dissociation of the articular surfaces of the bones
291. Sign of injury injury: Hemarthrosis
292. Past osteosynthesis perform: Plates
293. Extra-focal compression osteosynthesis: External fixation devices
294. Disposal is characterized: Relative shortening
295. Basic rules for measure: Bony protrusions serve as reference points for measurement , measurement
should be carried out in comparison with a healthy segment ,the measured part of the body must be naked
296. Phases of skeletonal extension (by VV Klyuchevsky): Reposition , retention , repair
297. Blockade of a fracture location with anesthetic solution is contraindicated at : Individual intolerance
298. Belera tire applied when carrying out: Ing the extremities skeletal traction
299. Accidental action algorithm: Elimination of traumatic agent ,diagnostics and restoration of functions ,body
support systems ,diagnosis of local body damage ,prehospital medical care, transportation to specialized medical
institution
300. The treatment method drawed in the figure is called: Skeletal traction
301. Pre-hose medical care for closed fractures: Anesthesia, transport immobilization ,transportation to a
specialized facility
302. Pre-hose medical care for open fractures: External bleeding ,anesthesia, aseptic dressing, transport
immobilization, transportation to a specialized facility
303. Medicinal analgesis of patients with damage to the support engine approached by application:
Analgesics, Anesthetics , Anesthesia
304. Principle of reposition in traumatology states: all disconnected fabrics must be: Compared
305. Absolute indications for operation for key fractures: Threat of skin perforation , damage to the subclavian
neurovascular bundle, open fractures
306. Clinical and x-ray picture allows to decide about the patient's availability: Dislocation
307. A reliable clinical sign of acromial end disline keys are symptom: Keys
308. Characteristic symptom for damage of soft breast cell tissues: Local pain
309. Absolute indication for immediate pleural performance punctions and thoracocencesis at a closed
injury of the breast is: Valve pneumothorax
310. Caviar-blue skin color, fine point blue blood on the skin of the head, muscles of the mouth and in the
conjunctive injury to the breast characteristic for : Traumatic asphyxia
311. Special immobilization of ribs (fixation of conservative and operational methods) shown a: Floating rib
fractures
312. First aid measures in open pneumotic rex includes: Application of an exclusive bandage
313. Pleural performance for pneumothorex is at level second interridge on the secondary line.
314. Hemotorxa pleural punch is at level seventh intercreasures on the submuscular line.
315. Reliable symptom of fracture rib : Bone crepitus
316. Trusted breast fracture symptom: Deformation in the form of a step
317. Symptom of "interrupted inspiration" is characteristic for : Rib fracture
318. Symptom of a "triangular pillow" arises at a burst: Burning
319. The main objective in the treatment of isolated uncomplicated breakthrough ribbing is: Adequate pain
relief
320. Therapy immobilization of key fracture is carrying out : by the position of kuto ,the bandage of Smirnov-
vanstein
321. Indications for drainage of the pleural cavity: Obtaining by puncture more than 100 ml of blood , intense
pneumothorax ,the need for mechanical ventilation for chest injury
322. Hematorax (volume of blood) divided on : Small ,big , middle
323. Peripheral key breakthrough moves in relation to central fragment: Down ,forward , knurti
324. X-rays of the shoulder joint demonstrates break surgical neck shoulder bone.
325. X-rays of the shoulder joint demonstrates break large boogr shoulder bone.
326. X-ray arrangement of shoulder joint demonstrates front disposal shoulder bones
327. By indication to operation at fractures of a surgical shoulder neck is an: Interposition of the biceps
tendon
328. Reliable signs of disposal of the human bone are: Retreat of the deltoid region , symptom of shoulder
spring resistance
329. Illustration draws stages of direction of shoulder disposal method: Kocher
330. Stages of correction of the shoulder disposal by the kocher method: Axial extension of the shoulder
along the body shoulder rotation outwards displacement of the shoulder and elbow joint to the midline body and
up shoulder rotation
331. Fracture of the humeral diaphysis below the attachment of the deltoid muscle characterized by
displacement of the central fragment : Out
332. Abduction fracture of the surgical neck of the shoulder occurs when: Shoulder abduction
333. Additional break of the surgical shoulder of the shoulder arises with: Bringing the shoulder
334. Fractures of the surgical neck of the shoulder are classified into: Abduction , adduction , hammered
335. Characteristic displacement of fractures diaphysical fractures of the human bones depends on:
Traction of a particular muscle group , acting external force
336. Lack of bone fracture crepitation during closed repositions fragments brachial bones is talking about
available interpositions soft tissues.
337. Clinical sign of fractures and dislocations in the area of elbow joint imaged in the figure is a triangle:
Guntera
338. Fresh dislike shoulder - it is disliked, long: 1-3 days
339. Course of the restoration period after correction of disposal purchases are characterized by wrong
function of the elbow joint after appointment: Massage
340. Dislike shoulders later from four days to three weeks is called : Stale
341. Dislike shoulders for longer three weeks are called : Elderly
342. Illustration demonstrates characteristic clinical symptom shoulder disposal, which is called
deformation of the shoulder joint.
343. An elderly shoulder shoulder should be treated by: Open directions
344. Specialized help tactics for suspected closed fresh uncomplicated dislocated humerus: Analgesic
analgesia, shoulder radiography ,general anesthesia ,closed reduction of dislocation ,immobilization bandage
deso, shoulder radiography
QUESTIONS ACCORDING CHAPTER (RUSSIAN)
TOPIC 1: PRIVATE TRAUMATOLOGY
1. The formation of a "fracture disease" contributes to:

Early function
Prolonged immobilization
Pain and impaired limb function
Loss of mechanical load of the limb
2. The main principles of internal osteosynthesis are:

Anatomical reduction
Stable internal fixation
Maintaining blood supply to bone fragments
Early painless limb function
Additional gypsum immobilization
3. The purpose of surgical treatment of fractures are:

The exclusion of prolonged immobilization of the joints
Accurate reconstruction of intraarticular lesions
Early and stable fixation of the fracture
Improving blood supply to the bone
4. The stability of bone osteosynthesis is ensured by:

The quality characteristics of the metal
Static and dynamic forces of tension and rigidity of the structure
Using a large number of screws
An increase in the size of the loaded surface
5. The concept of bone osteosynthesis has the following objectives:

Minimal intraoperative disturbance of blood supply
Improved consolidation under the plate
Minimal bone damage
Optimal tolerance by metal tissues
The use of durable screws
6. Stability when using tightening screws is provided:

The introduction of a central screw at right angles to the axis of the bone, and lateral - under right angles to the
fracture surface
The introduction of screws at a right angle
The order of the screws at right angles to the plane of the fracture
The introduction of more screws
7. A protective or neutralizing plate is used:

When performing fracture fixation with tightening screws
With a threat of infection
During compression osteosynthesis
With transverse fractures
8. Base plate used:

With diaphyseal fractures
With comminuted fractures
With metaphysical and epiphyseal fractures
With infected fractures
9. A prerequisite for clamping is:
The ability of a plate or wire to withstand tensile forces
The ability of the bone to withstand compression
A defect in the opposite plate of the cortical layer
Intactness of the opposite plate of the cortical layer
10. Bridge-forming plates are used:

In case of fracture of two segments
With transverse fractures
With intraarticular fractures
11. The use of an intermedullary rod with blocking provides:

Rotational stability
Axial stability
Minimally invasive surgery technique
Maximum stability
Prevention of complications
12. Fracture of a surgical neck of a shoulder blade with an offset must be treated:
Deso plaster cast
Plaster thoracobrachial dressing
On the discharge thoracobrachial splint with extension beyond the ulnar process
On skeletal traction beyond the ulnar process
Open reduction and fixation by a plate
13. Indications for surgery for clavicle fractures are:

Fracture of the clavicle diaphysis with mixing
Lateral fracture of the clavicle with displacement
The threat of skin perforation with a fragment
A fracture accompanied by neurovascular disorders
Open fractures
A fracture combined with a fracture of the surgical neck of the scapula
14. Indications for surgery for fractures of the surgical neck of the shoulder are:
Abduction fractures with displacement
Fracture-dislocation
Hammered fractures
Unstable fractures
Fractures of the large tubercle with displacement
Biceps tendon interposition
15. For fractures of the humerus in the lower 1/3, it is advisable to use access:
Front
Internal
Back
External
16. In case of fractures of both bones of the forearm, it is advisable to promptly fix:
One radius
Both bones
One ulna
One of the bones with additional plaster fixation
17. In case of pelvic fractures with a violation of the continuity of the front and rear sections as anti-shock
measures it is advisable to use:
The position of volkovich
Skeletal traction
The rod apparatus
Open reposition and internal stable osteosynthesis
Limit to intrapelvic blockade according to shkolnikov-selivanov
The right b, c .
18. In case of fractures of the femoral diaphysis, it is advisable to use:

Internal access
Front access
Front - external access
External in the form of a "mailbox"
Rear access
19. With closed comminuted fractures of the tibia diaphysis appropriate:

Carry out in the first hours inside the channel osteosynthesis with a rod
Bone osteosynthesis in the first day
Limit yourself to a plaster cast
Skeletal traction
To carry out an emergency focal osteosynthesis with an ilizarov apparatus as an emergency
20. With surgical treatment of ankle fractures, surgery begins at sequences:

Fixation of the inner ankle, outer, tibia syndesmosis, posterior edge tibia
Fixation of the posterior edge, inner ankle, outer, tibiofibular syndesmosis
Fixation of the tibiofibular syndesmosis, external ankle, inner, posterior edge
Fixation of the outer ankle, posterior edge, inner ankle, tibia syndesmosis
21. One trauma unit of the clinic operates on territory:

10 thousand people
100 thousand people
200 thousand people
300 thousand people
400 thousand people
22. 24-hour emergency trauma care for the population is organized in hospitals of a city with a population
of at least:
10 thousand
100 thousand
300 thousand
500 thousand
1 million
23. The subclavian artery can be felt:

In the supraclavicular fossa
In the subclavian fossa
Along the front edge of the sternocleidomastoid muscle
Along the posterior edge of the sternocleidomastoid muscle
In the axillary fossa
24. A tendon passes in the cavity of the shoulder joint:

The long head of the biceps
The short head of the biceps
There are no tendons in the joint cavity
The coraco-brachial muscle
Triceps muscle
25. Soft tissue of the posterior surface of the scapula is divided into 2 pits:
Latissimus dorsi
Scapular spine
Acromial process
The coracoid process
Trapezius muscle
26. The hole through which the superior gluteal artery leaves is formed:
The lower edge of the gluteus maximus muscle
The lower (rear) edge of the middle gluteal muscle
The upper edge of the piriformis muscle
The lower edge of the piriformis muscle
The upper edge of the internal obstructive muscle
27. The area of the peroneal nerve in the upper third of the leg is:
Behind and outside the neck of the fibula
Behind and inside of the neck of the fibula
Outside of the head of the fibula
In the interosseous membrane of the upper third of the leg
28. Closed brain injury is divided into the following types:

Bruises of the soft tissues of the head
Fractures of the base of the skull
Concussion
Compression
Bruises
29. Liquorrhea from the external auditory canal with closed cranial injury indicates:
A fracture of the bones of the posterior cranial fossa
About a fracture of the bones of the middle cranial fossa
A fracture of the bones of the anterior cranial fossa
A fracture of the bones of the cranial vault
Fracture of the ethmoid bone
30. An absolute indication for emergency craniotomy to stop bleeding and decompression is the clinical
picture:
Subarachnoid hemorrhage
Brain compression
Severe brain contusion
Intracranial hypertension
Fracture of the base of the skull
31. The most likely for the diagnosis of cerebral compression are options for loss of consciousness after
a head injury with the following features:
Immediately after an injury with a gradual recovery of consciousness
Immediately after an injury with a lack of consciousness for 2-3 days
Loss of consciousness some time after the injury without recovery in observation period
Short-term loss of consciousness
Repeated loss of consciousness in the acute period of traumatic brain injury
32. For a brain injury, characterized by:

A combination of cerebral and focal symptoms
Cerebral symptoms
Signs of skull fracture
Nausea
Headache and lethargy
33. For fractures of the cervical spine, the most characteristic are:
Pain in the cervical spine
A headache with irradiation in the neck
Difficulty in rotation, flexion and extension of the head
Tension of the cervical muscles
Crunch in the cervical spine
Forced bending (extension) of the head
Tetraplegia, dysfunction of the pelvic organs
34. Which vertebra is considered dislocated with spinal dislocation?

Overlying from damaged
Underlying of the damaged
35. With a purely flexion mechanism of spinal injury,Giving stability to the vertebral bodies in the thoracic
and lumbar region, as rule:
Suffer
Do not suffer
36. Functional treatment for vertebral fractures is shown:

With complicated compression fractures
With fractures of the spine in patients older than 60 years
With uncomplicated compression fractures of the chest and lumbar vertebrae
With fractures of the spinous processes
With unstable fractures
37. Skeletal traction of the skull during fractures and fractures of the cervical and the upper thoracic
spine, as a rule, lasts:
1-2 weeks
3-4 weeks
6-8 weeks
9-12 weeks
More than 12 weeks
38. With a closed chest injury, pleural puncture, as an emergency an event that prevents a sudden death
is absolutely shown:
With limited (closed) pneumothorax
With valve (intense) pneumothorax
With multiple fractures of ribs with their flotation
With subcutaneous emphysema
With curled hemothorax
39. Bright red color of the skin, small-dot bluish hemorrhages on the skin head, upper chest, oral
mucosa, and conjunctiva for chest injury characteristic:
For compression of the chest (traumatic asphyxia)
For contusion of the chest wall
For concussion
For lung injury
For compression of the mediastinum with emphysema
40. Special immobilization of ribs (fixation by conservative and operational methods) is shown:
With isolated fractures of the ribs, accompanied by closed pneumothorax
With terminal (binary) multiple fractures of the ribs
With increasing traumatic subcutaneous emphysema
With total unilateral hemothorax
With a fracture of the sternum without damage to the ribs
41. With open pneumothorax at the prehospital stage as the first the following measures are indicated for
medical care:
Aseptic wound dressing
Aseptic occlusive dressing applied at the time of expiration
Aseptic occlusive dressing applied at the time of inspiration
Vagosympathetic blockade on the side of damage
Pleural puncture
42. Pleural puncture for pneumothorax is performed:

In the 2nd intercostal space along the midclavicular line
In the 4th intercostal space along the anterior axillary line
In the b-th intercostal space in the middle axillary line
In the 2nd and in the 6th intercostal space in the middle axillary line
In the b-7th intercostal space between the middle and anterior axillary lines
43. Pleural puncture for hemothorax is performed:

In the 2nd intercostal space along the midclavicular line
In the 4th intercostal space along the anterior axillary line
In the B-th intercostal space in the middle axillary line
In the 7-8th intercostal space in the mid-axillary line
In the 9th intercostal space along the axillary line
44. For fractures of the pelvic ring with a violation of its continuity in adult skeletal traction impose:
For 2-3 weeks
For 5-6 weeks
For 7-8 weeks
For 9-10 weeks
More than 10 weeks
45. In case of fractures of the sacrum, disability is restored more often through:
1-2 weeks
1-3 weeks
4-8 weeks
9-12 weeks
13 weeks or more
46. For specialized care among pain management options in as an anti shock measure for pelvic fractures
Drug anesthesia
Local anesthesia according to A.V. Vishnevsky
Anesthesia according to Shkolnikov-Selivanov-Tsodyks
Epidural blockade
47. When the acromial end of the clavicle is dislocated, the end of the clavicle is usually shifts:
Up and back
Up and forward
Up
Only anteriorly
Down and forward
48. For fractures of the clavicle, a peripheral fragment in relation to the central one is shifted:
Down, forward and inward
Up, back and out
Only inside
Only forward
Only back
49. The fusion of clavicle fragments, depending on age, occurs most often:
After 1 week
After 2-5 weeks
After 6-8 weeks
After 9-12 weeks
After more than 12 weeks
50. For fractures of the neck and articular cavity of the scapula the victims are recovering through the
deadlines:
1-2 weeks
5-9 weeks
10-12 weeks
Over 15 weeks
51. Emergency surgical treatment of fresh closed clavicle fractures shown:

With a risk of skin perforation
For all fractures in children
With damage to the neurovascular bundle
With a significant displacement of fragments that cannot be retained when repositioned conservatively
Correct b, d, d
52. Dislocation of which wrist bone is often accompanied by a limited protrusion on the palmar surface of
the wrist, retraction - on the back and passive flexion fingers?
Scaphoid
Pea-shaped
Lunar
Small polygonal
Large polygonal
53. For which of the listed bones of the wrist is the condition for its fusion are fractures most adverse?
For hook
For capitate
For large polygonal
For pea-shaped
For scaphoid
54. Damage to which tendon of the hand is accompanied by passive flexion the nail phalanx and the
extension of the middle phalanx?
Rupture of the deep flexor IIV phalanx
Detachment of the extensor extensor tendon
Separation of the long flexor of the thumb
Separation of the tendons of the vermiform muscle
Tendons of the long palmar muscle
55. Bennett fracture is called:

Fracture of the ulnar margin of the base of the I metacarpal
Fracture of the body of the metacarpal bone
Fracture of the radial edge of the base of the metacarpal bone
Fracture of the nail phalanx
Fracture of the middle phalanx of the first finger
56. When fractures of the body of the metacarpal bones, disability is restored in terms:
After 3-4 weeks
After 5-6 weeks
After 7-8 weeks
After 9-10 weeks
Over 10 weeks
57. The most characteristic symptoms of shoulder dislocation are:

Pain
Retreat of the deltoid region
Symptom of springy fixation of the shoulder
The safety of passive movements
Swelling of the shoulder joint
58. Which of the following methods of setting a shoulder dislocation is based on repeating in reverse
order the elements of the dislocation mechanism?
Janelidze
Hippocrates
Mota
Kocher
Cooper
59. Crucial in the diagnosis of fractures of the head and anatomical neck shoulders have:
Anamnestic data
Clinical examination data (examination, palpation, impaired movement, length and etc.)
Radiological data
60. The main types of fractures of the surgical neck of the shoulder are:
Rotational
Multi-fragmented
Abduction
Adduction
Driven
61. For adduction fractures of the surgical neck of the shoulder for treatment applies:
Bandage type deso
Discharge bus
A plaster cast from a healthy shoulder girdle to a brush with a shoulder position vertically
Reposition and fixation of fragments is not required
Osteosynthesis is absolutely indicated
62. In case of fracture of a large tubercle of the shoulder:

Active rotation of the shoulder outward is impossible
Active rotation of the shoulder inward is impossible
Active rotation of the shoulder is limited, but possible in any direction
The active rotation of the shoulder outward and inward is not impaired
Active rotation of the shoulder in any direction is impossible
63. In case of fracture of the diaphysis of the shoulder below the attachment of the deltoid muscle in
middle third peripheral fragment:
Not biased
Pulled up, turned inwards and shifted inwards and forwards
Is located at an angle open inwards and backwards with respect to the central fragment
Is located at an angle open back and pulled up
Pulled up and located outside of the central fragment with rotation outside
64. Puncture of the elbow joint is dangerous in the area:

Medial to the ulnar process
Lateral to the ulnar process
Above the apex of the ulnar process
Above the head of the radius - \ /
Over the coronoid process of the ulna
65. When a fracture of the ulnar process is impossible:

Active extension of the forearm in the elbow joint
Active flexion of the forearm in the elbow joint
Passive flexion of the forearm in the elbow joint
Passive extension of the forearm in the elbow joint
Rotational motion of the forearm
66. For fragmented and marginal fractures in adults of the radial head shown:
In case of failure of conservative treatment - removal of head v
Removal of the head without prior conservative treatment
Head osteosynthesis
Removal of free fragments of the head while preserving the rest of it
67. Fracture of the ulna with dislocation of the radial head is known:
As an injury to the Galeazzi
Like Pott's injury
As a fracture of Desto
How damage to montage
As an injury to Dupuytren
68. Access to the ulna is safer to do:

Along its front edge
Along its rear edge
Along its radial edge
Along its elbow edge
69. It is safer to access the radius:

Through the back incision
Through the anterolateral incision
Through the medial incision
70. Deformation of the distal end during fracture of the beam in a typical location:
Has a bayonet shape
Has a shape with a pronounced angle open to the rear
Has a shape with a pronounced angle open on the palm surface
Deformation is not characteristic
Has a pronounced shortening of the forearm
71. To control the possibility of secondary displacement of fragments in a plaster cast in case of a
fracture of the beam in a typical place, control radiographs are advisable do on time:
After 2-3 days
In 3-5 days
In 7-10 days
In 12-14 days
In a month or more
72. With complete rupture of the achilles tendon, active plantar flexion:
Missing
Significantly weakened
Saved
73. For pronational abduction ankle fractures (such as dupuytren) occurs:

Subluxation of the foot inward with a fracture of the inner ankle and front edge tibia
Subluxation of the foot outward with separation of the inner ankle, 1/3 fracture fibula and rupture of the distal tibial
ligament
Fracture of the inner ankle and posterior edge of the tibia
Fracture of the posterior edge of the tibia
Fracture of the anterior edge of the tibia and rupture of collateral ligaments ankle joint
74. Ankle fractures associated with a fracture of the posterior or anterior margins tibia with subluxation of
the foot anterior and posterior known as fractures:
Dupuytren
Potta
Desto
Watson-jones
Malgenya
75. When fixed with a plaster cast for ankle ankle fracture pronational hypercorrection of the foot:
It is necessary to carry out
Can be carried out, but not necessarily
Conduct harmful
76. With supination-adduction ankle fractures of the subluxation of the foot occurs:
Inside
Out
Does not occur
Back
Anterior
77. Surgical treatment of ankle fractures is indicated:

With any kind of ankle fracture
With fractures of the posterior and anterior edges of the tibia
In case of difficultly repaired fractures
With poorly held fractures
With easily shifting fractures
78. Surgical treatment of patella fractures is indicated:

In case of fracture without discrepancy of fragments
When the fragments diverge by 2-3 mm
When the discrepancy of fragments more than 3 mm
With fragmented fractures
In case of stellate fractures with discrepancy of fragments
79. One of the symptoms of damage to the meniscus of the knee joint is:
Difficulty in patients descending the stairs
The difficulty of patients when climbing stairs
Difficulty in descending and climbing stairs
80. If the primary knee injury was accompanied by a blockade that was eliminated, then in these cases:
The patient should not be operated on
The patient should be operated on an emergency basis
The patient should be operated on after 2-3 days
The patient should be operated on after 5-10 days
The patient should be operated on with repeated blockades
81. Which of the following syndromes of pathology of the knee joint is the most characteristic of
meniscus damage?
"front drawer"
"rear drawer"
"blockade"
Pain and crunch
Instability
82. Which of the following operations is most rational for deforming gonarthrosis due to varus
deformation of the tibia?
Surgery on the ligaments of the joint
Arthrodesis
Endoprosthetics
Corrective osteotomy
Arthrosis of the joint
83. Which operation is most rational for meniscus damage in near the capsular zone?
Removal
Plastic torn parts
Resection
The operation is not shown
Meniscus suture (arthroscopy)
84. With an iliac traumatic dislocation of the hip:

The leg is sharply bent, brought and rotated inward
The leg is slightly bent, brought and rotated inward
Shortening the legs to 5-7 cm
Shortening the legs to 1-2 cm
A symptom of springy fixation is determined
Correct b, c
85. The necessary actions of the surgeon, adjusting hip dislocation according to kocher, are:
Limb flexion in the knee and hip joints
Limb flexion only in the hip joint
Traction along the axis of the thigh
Adduction of the thigh
Rotational hip movements
86. With conservative treatment, the following fractures usually do not heal. Hips:
Medial fractures of the neck of garden i
Medial fractures of the neck of garden iv
Intertrochanteric fractures in the neck
Transverse fractures in the neck
87. Symptom of increased pulsation of the femoral vessels under the partartic ligament with fractures of
the femoral neck at the site of damage described:
A.V. vishnevsky
A.V. kaplan
G.I. turner
S.S. girgolav
T. Billroth
88. In order to relieve pressure on the femoral head with its aseptic necrosis proposed operation:
According to foss
According to mcmurray
According to salter
According to vent
Zagradniek
89. What is the option of immobilizing fragments in the ilizarov apparatus shown when multi-fragmented
fracture of the tibia in its diaphyseal section?
Longitudinal compression
Simultaneous distraction
Anti-lateral compression
Stable fixation
Gradual distraction
90. In case of fracture of the bones of the lower leg for skeletal traction, the spoke is usually spend:
Through the calcaneus
Through the supramental region
Through the diaphyseal part of the fragments
Through metaphyses of fragments
Through the metatarsal bones
91. In case of fracture of the inner condyle of the tibia and its displacement:
Shin deviates outwards
Tibia deflected inside
The axis of the tibia does not change
A certain pattern in the deviation of the tibia from the normal axis is not observed
92. Plaster cast for conservative treatment of repaired fragments tibial condyles are usually removed:
After 2-3 weeks
After 4 weeks
After 5-6 weeks
After 8 weeks
In 10-12
93. In case of diaphyseal fracture of the leg bones without displacement of fragments, treatment plaster
cast without fixing the knee joint:
Justified and permissible
Unjustified and contraindicated
94. Proximal fragment in fractures of the upper and middle third of the thigh moves to position:
Abduction, flexion and external rotation
Abduction, extension and internal rotation
Casting, bending and internal rotation
There are no patterns of displacement
The fragment is displaced only on the periphery
95. For fractures of the lower third of the thigh and supracondylar fracture the peripheral fragment is
displaced in relation to the central:
Up
Out
Inside
Back and up
On the periphery
96. Adequate option and number of intramedullary rods for of osteosynthesis of a femoral fracture in the
lower third?
One rod of the type of kuncher, cito, dubrov
Two metal elastic rods of the bogdanov type
Double rods cito
97. Best practices for treating closed helical diaphyseal femoral fractures:
Simultaneous reduction and coxite dressing
Skeletal traction
Bone osteosynthesis
Inmedullary osteosynthesis
Transosseous osteosynthesis
98. The best treatment for multi-fragmented femoral diaphysis fractures:

Skeletal traction and gypsum
Transosseous polyfascial osteosynthesis
Bone osteosynthesis
Coxite dressing after simultaneous reposition
99. Displacement in the joint of shopar with dislocation of the distal part of the foot occurs:
Inside and to the rear
Outwards and in the plantar side
Outside and to the rear
There are no regular biases
Only to the plantar side, down
100. Dislocations of the metatarsal bones in the joint of lisfranc

Occur, as a rule, in isolation without fractures of the metatarsal bones
Usually combined with fractures of the bones of the foot
101. For fragmented talus fractures, better results treatments are obtained:
With astragalgomy
In the treatment of plaster cast
With primary arthrodesis
With skeletal traction
With submersible metal osteosynthesis of bone fragments
102. For fractures of the neck of the talus after plaster removal, the load on the leg permitted:
3-4 weeks after injury
On the 5th week after the injury
More than 30 weeks after injury
103. After compression fracture of the calcaneus and displacement of fragments talosalcaneal angle:
Does not change
Increases
Decreases
There are no laws in its change
104. In case of calcaneus fractures without displacement of fragments, the treatment is carried out:
Plaster cast
Skeletal traction
Diafixation of fragments with knitting needles
105. The best type of anesthesia for hip dislocation reduction is:
Intraarticular injection of local anesthetic
Case blockade according to a.v. vishnevsky
Intracranial anesthesia according to shkolnikov-selivanov
Anesthesia with muscle relaxants
106. For transosseous osteosynthesis of isolated limb fractures most appropriate to use:
Epidural anesthesia
Local infiltration anesthesia
Intravenous analgesia
Intubation combined surface anesthesia
107. The most reliable and effective way to anesthetize with fresh pelvic fractures is:
Anesthesia according to shkolnikov-selivanov
Blockade of the obturator nerves
The introduction of anesthetic to the fracture site
Anesthesia
Subcutaneous drug administration
108. The most reliable criterion for getting a needle to inject anesthetic into the fracture site is:
The feeling of stopping the needle in a bone fragment
The appearance of a non-pulsating stream of blood in the syringe while pulling the piston after stopping the needle
into the bone
The feeling of crepitus of fragments when the needle rests on the bone
109. A miner was delivered to the emergency room of the multidisciplinary hospital, who extracted from
the rubble. Within 8 hours, both were crushed by collapsed coal. Lower limbs to the middle third of
the thighs. No evidence of fractures. At the hospital stage, the limbs were tightly bandaged, imposed
transport tires and carried out their local ice cooling. Drugs introduced. Transferred. The condition is
serious. Anuria where more appropriate place victim for specialized care?
To the trauma unit for surgical treatment
In the surgical department for the same purpose
In the intensive care unit for conducting mainly efferent therapies
In the intensive care unit of the emergency room for antishock therapy
To the hemodialysis department
110. When examining a victim in a reception ward multidisciplinary hospital detected signs of intense
pneumothorax, associated with multiple bilateral rib fractures, and open comminuted fracture of the
tibia type ia according to the classification of A.V. Kaplan. Blood pressure - 110/80 mm rt. Art. Mark
the most rational option of providing specialized emergency care to the victim:
Intercostal blockade of fracture sites of ribs, transfer of the victim to mechanical ventilation, acute respiratory infections
wounds of a shin with immobilization of a fracture by a plaster cast, compensation for blood loss in intensive care unit
Drainage of pleural cavities, transfer of the victim to mechanical ventilation, PWO wounds with fixation of fragments by
Olizarov’s apparatus, compensation for blood loss in conditions intensive care unit
PHC wounds with skeletal traction, drainage of the pleural cavities, bilateral vagosympathetic blockade in a trauma
unit
111. In the trauma department of the clinic in a patient with closed shin bone fracture, fixed ilizarov
apparatus, detected onset of soft tissue inflammation around one of the spokes with one side. Note
the most rational treatment option:
Remove the device in the conditions of the trauma unit and transfer the patient to skeletal traction
Remove the needle around which the tissue is inflamed
Chop off the area of inflammation with a solution of novocaine and antibiotics, check and adjust the tension of the
spokes in the clinic
Send the patient to the trauma unit for inpatient treatment
112. In a patient after an open fracture of the diaphysis of the tibia, complicated by chronic osteomyelitis of
the ends of the fragments without visible sequestration during the year there is no fusion. What is the
most appropriate option treatment?
Operation economical resection of the ends of the fragments with a constant washing zone inflammation with
antiseptics, skeletal traction, plaster cast
Oblique osteotomy of the fibula (or its subperiosteal resection), compression-distraction treatment according to ilizarov
Resection of the zone of nonunion with bone transplantation, immobilization of gypsum bandage
Intraosseous antibiotic therapy with long-term immobilization of "functional" unlined polivik dressing
113. In a patient after an intraarticular fracture of the upper end of the tibial bones are signs of acute
gonitis. When joint puncture received muddy synovial fluid mixed with blood. What is the option of
general and local treatment is the most rational?
Conservative general anti-inflammatory treatment (antibiotics), locally - cold, immobilization
Joint puncture with removal of effusion and the introduction of antibiotics of the type gentamycin, plasterim
immobilisation
Active drainage of V with constant washing of the joint with antiseptics, with inefficiency - synovectomy, with
inefficiency - arthrodesis
Arthrodesis for health reasons
Treatment with prolonged immobilization and immunostimulation
114. A 18-year-old patient was found to have dysplastic coxarthrosis ii-iii with a subluxation femoral heads,
especially pronounced with a load on a sore limb. Hypoplasia of the acetabulum is expressed. What is
the most rational method surgical treatment?
The formation of the canopy of the acetabulum on koenig, girgolava, thomas
Supraclavicular osteotomy of the pelvis according to chiari
Subtrochanteric double valgus-medializing osteotomy of the femur type of shants-ilizarov
Post-operative osteotomy according to mcmurray
115. In a 56-year-old patient, unilateral primary deforming arthrosis hip joint iv degree. There are no
contraindications to the operation. What the best treatment option?
Subtrochanteric osteotomy of the shants-ilizarov type
Vent operation
The operation of avductotomy type foss
Endoprosthetics
Arthrodesis
116. In a patient who underwent a fracture of the talus neck 2 years ago with dislocation of her body, pain
in the ankle joint increased sharply, especially with walking, as a result of which he began to use a
cane, and then - crutches. Marked swelling in the ankle joint is noted. What is the most probable
diagnosis of this disease?
Relapse of dislocation of the talus
Repeated fracture of the talus
Aseptic necrosis of the talus and deforming arthrosis of the ankle and subtalar joints
Ankle laxity
Sudek syndrome
117. As a result of flaccid paralysis of the quadriceps muscle in a 29-year-old patient there is no active
extension of the knee joint. Hip has anatomical shortening of 5 cm, and its circumference 3-4 cm less
than the circumference healthy thighs. What orthopedic operations are most shown to this to the
patient?
Closure of the knee
Lengthening and thickening of the thigh according to ilizarov
Transplantation of the flexor of the leg to the patella
First, lengthening and thickening of the thigh according to ilizarov, then transplantation of the flexors
At first transplantation of the flexors, then lengthening of the thigh
118. As a result of obstetric paralysis in a patient of 20 years, shortening is noted bones of the shoulder
and forearm (shoulder - 5 cm, forearm - 3 cm), absent: active abduction, anterior and posterior
deviations in the shoulder joint. Which of the following operations are shown and the most rational?
Neuroplasty of the brachial plexus
Lengthening of the bones of the shoulder and forearm according to ilizarov
Trapezius muscle tendomyotransmission
Tendon myotransmission
Lengthening the tendon of the trapezius muscle
119. In a patient with residual effects of cerebral palsy marked flexion-causing hip contractures are noted
joints and flexion contractures of the knee and ankle joints. What kind from the listed operations are
shown to this patient?
Transplantation of the tibia flexor to the extensor site
Stoffel operation
Lengthening of the achilles tendons
Disinsection of adductors
Arthrodesis
120. A 23-year-old patient suffers from transverse flat feet, combined with allotted toes of both feet of the III
degree. Which of the following operations for her the most appropriate and physiological?
Schede operation
Brandes operation
Kochev operation
Mcbride operation
Schede-brandess operation
121. A 17-year-old patient was admitted to the trauma unit with signs fracture of the upper third of the
humerus pathological fracture due to radiologic …. that it and histologically resembling osteogenic
sarcoma. No distant metastases revealed. Which of the interventions is most appropriate for this
patient?
Plaster cast and symptomatic treatment
Interscapular-thoracic amputation of the shoulder with prosthetics of the upper limb
Tumor resection with endoprosthetics of the proximal third of the humerus
Biopsy, x-ray and chemotherapy
Regional radiation and chemotherapy
122. A 35-year-old patient came to an orthopedic trauma specialist with signs osteoblastoclastomas of the
lower metaepiphysis of the thigh with the threat of a breakthrough into the joint. A puncture biopsy
confirmed this diagnosis. What is the most intervention appropriate?
Hip amputation
Tumor resection with bone grafting
Arthrodesis after tumor resection and hip extension
123. Over 10 years, the patient progresses flexion contracture fingers on both hands. At the time of going
to the doctor, the fingers of the right hand practically do not bend. The index finger does not extend
on the left hand. The patient insists on his amputation. Dupuytren's contracture diagnosed both
brushes. What operations are indicated for this patient?
Amputation of fingers
Extension of the flexor tendons
Correction of contractures with distraction apparatus
Excision of the palmar aponeurosis: completely on the right, partially on the left and elimination contractures
Resection of affected joints
124. The patient suffers from rheumatoid arthritis, pains are especially pronounced, contracture and
deformation of the right knee joint. Signs of effusion are expressed to the joint. It’s impossible to step
on the right foot due to its disability and pain. What local treatment methods are most appropriate?
Puncture of the joint with the introduction of hormones
Arthrodesis
Synovial capsulectomy
Plaster cast immobilization
125. In a 49-year-old patient, rheumatoid arthritis was destroyed the right hip joint, which is clinically and
radiologically confirmed. Which of the following operations is shown to him?
Arthrodesis
Arthroplasty
Total arthroplasty
Single-pole endoprosthesis
Post-operative osteotomy according to mcmurray
126. In a 16-year-old patient, clinical and radiological signs of osgood disease schlatter. Long-term
conservative treatment is ineffective. Which of the listed operations are shown to him?
Transplantation of own patellar ligament
Ventralization of the patella according to bundy
Resection of the necrotic part of the tibial tuberosity and its removal free fragments
Arthrodesis
127. Note the regular elements of congenital clubfoot:

Horse foot
Reduced foot
The foot facing the plantar surface inward
The foot facing the plantar surface outwards
Heel foot
128. After a soft tissue injury, a 3x4 ulcer formed in the calcaneal tuber cm, which cannot be healed: with
repeated attempts to free skin plastics. Which operation is most appropriate for duration and less
likelihood of complications?
According to filatov
According to tychinkina
According to ilizarov
A bridge-like skin-subcutaneous flap
Gastrocnemius gastrocnemius flap with axial blood flow
129. Penetrating is the damage to the spine, accompanied by:

Injury to the dura mater of the spinal cord
Spinal cord injury
Damage to the intervertebral disc
130. Optimal treatment options for helical hip fractures in the middle thirds:
Skeletal traction
Bone osteosynthesis
Closed reposition and gypsum
Intramedullary blocked osteosynthesis
Transosseous osteosynthesis
131. Prolonged crush syndrome (SDR) refers to a group of lesions soft tissues, which are based on:
Crushing of soft tissues
A complete long interruption of blood flow in them
Prolonged tissue anoxia
Temporary circulatory disorder in them
Temporary ischemia associated with their compression
132. The syndrome of prolonged crushing is indicated in the literature and others terms. Which ones?
Crash syndrome (1)
Compression syndrome (2)
Compression shock
Turnstile shock (3)
Traumatic toxicosis (4)
Hepatorenal syndrome (5)
Positional compression syndrome (6)
133. Ankylosis is called:

Limitation of the normal range of motion in the joint
A small amount of mobility in the joint of a swinging nature
Complete immobility in the affected joint
Tight mobility in the pseudoarthrosis
134. The load of the orthopedic surgeon (emergency room) per hour is:
3 people
7 people
10 people
6 people
135. The load of a traumatologist in an outpatient setting for 1 hour of work is:
10 people
B person
7 people
5 people
136. For what maximum period an exemption can be granted at one time from work injured by a doctor at a
clinic (emergency room)?
For 1 day
For 3 days
For 5 days
For b days
For 10 days
137. The medical and expert commission (eec) may:

Close any form of dismissal from work
Extend the sick leave or certificate f. 094 / y for a period of more than 4 months with moment of injury (disease)
Recognize as able-bodied or after 4 months of temporary loss ability to identify a patient for light work for up to 6
months
138. Which of the following components of the musculoskeletal system suffers with rheumatoid arthritis
mainly?
Large joints
Small joints
Sacroiliac joint
The spine
Muscles
139. What etiological factor in rheumatoid arthritis is crucial value?

Acute infection
Chronic infection
Injury
Cooling
Autoimmune aggression
140. With rheumatism, the following pattern of joint damage is noted:

Pains are localized in small joints
Persistent pain in large joints
Pain in the thoracic spine.
The pains are "volatile" and are localized mainly in large the joints
Pain in the sacroiliac joint
141. With deforming arthrosis, the process begins:

In the subchondral bone
In cartilage
In the synovial membrane
At the place of attachment of tendons and bones
142. With deforming arthrosis suffer more often:

Small joints of the upper limbs
Small joints of the lower extremities
Large joints of the upper limbs
Large joints of the lower extremities
143. The least characteristic for deforming arthrosis are:

Radiological changes
Increase in esr
Pain during movement
Contracture
Crunch in the joints during movement
144. When purulent arthritis is affected, as a rule:

Any joints
Predominantly large joints
Small joints
Shoulder joint
The hip joint
145. Purulent arthritis begins and proceeds:

Chronically
Sharply
With remissions
Sub-structure with subfebrile temperature
146. Which of the definitions for “dislocation” is correct?

Trauma, accompanied by a shortening of the anatomical and functional length limbs
Damage to the capsule and ligament apparatus of the joint
Complete displacement of the articular ends of the bones, in which it is lost contact of articular surfaces in the joint
area
Incomplete displacement of the articular surfaces of the ends of the bones
An injury in which the range of motion in the joint is severely limited or impossible
147. Which of the following definitions is called habitual dislocation?

Dislocation associated with the destruction of the articular cavity
Dislocation as a result of injury
A dislocation that arose a second time in the next month after the first dislocation is repaired
Repeatedly repeated dislocation
148. Which of the following symptoms are characteristic only for traumatic dislocation of the shoulder?
Pain, pathological mobility in the area of damage
Hemorrhage in the tissue of the shoulder girdle
Symptom of springy fixation of the shoulder
Retraction of the deltoid region upon examination
The absence of active movements in the joint while passive
Lack of active and sharp restriction of passive joint movements
149. Principles of reduction of a fresh traumatic dislocation according to Kocher:

A comparison of the elements of the joint by simultaneous muscle distraction, surrounding joints
Preliminary relaxation of the muscle case around the joint, followed by reposition of dislocation
The movement of the head of the joint by repeating in the reverse order of its displacements with dislocation
Finger insertion of the joint head into the cavity
Stretching of the head and articular cavity by skeletal traction
150. The contract is called:

Complete immobility in the affected joint
A small amount of mobility in the joint of a swinging nature
The presence of stiff mobility in the pseudoarthrosis
Limitation of the normal range of motion in the joint
151. Clinically distinguish the following contractures:

Flexion, extensor
Immobilization
Leading, deflecting, rotational
Ischemic
Paralytic
152. Depending on the location of the primary pathological changes contractures are divided:
For dermatogenic, desmogenic, tendogenous
For post-burn
For myogenic and arthrogenic
For neurogenic
For reflex
153. Which of the following are absolute signs of a fracture?

Local pain, swelling, bruising
Deformation of the limb and its shortening
Bone fragments in the wound
Bone crepitus
154. Depending on the causes of contracture, it is customary to divide:

For post-traumatic, post-burn, immobilization
On the flexion-extensor
For arthrogenic
For professional
For neurogenic, reflex, paralytic
155. Slow consolidation is considered:

In the absence of clear signs of fracture fusion 4 months after reposition and fixation
In the absence of clear signs of fusion, the appearance of callus on radiograph only 2 months after reposition and
fixation
In the presence of mobility between fragments and sclerotic closures plates at the ends of bone fragments during
radiography
156. Recognition of the formation of a false joint is based on:

Radiological signs, regardless of the period from the moment of fracture
Clinical and radiological signs if double terms of average bone formation duration for a particular bone
The absence of clear signs of fracture fusion 4 months after reposition and fixation
157. What is the way to complete the primary surgical treatment of a gunshot are wounds most justified
and effective?
Primary blind seams
Rejection of primary sutures, drainage of the wound
Secondary seams
Delayed primary sutures with drainage of the wound
158. In what place along the wound channel during gunshot injuries are there the greatest tissue damage?
At the inlet
At the outlet
In the middle of the wound channel
In the abdominal organs
In the subcutaneous tissue
159. Which of these changes in tissues is characteristic only for gunshot injuries?
Inlet
Outlet
Primary necrosis
Molecular shaking of tissues
Tissue contamination
Wound infection
160. Which of the following measures is most effective in treating a gunshot wound?
Toilet
Aseptic dressing
Chipping of the wound area with antibiotics
Primary surgical treatment
Removal of a foreign body from a wound
161. Which of the following methods of fixation of the fracture should be given preference for wound
complication?
Fixation of a fenestrated (bridge) plaster cast
Submersible metal osteosynthesis
Bone metal osteosynthesis
Skeletal traction
Extrafocal transosseous compression-distraction osteosynthesis
162. A flat back is characterized by:

Flattening a bend in the thoracic spine
Flattening a bend in the lumbar spine
Flattening of bends in the lumbar and thoracic spine
Weakness of the muscles of the body
163. Posture is:

The usual position of the body when standing, straightening the spine
Keeping the body in a strictly upright position
The usual position of the body when standing, walking and sitting
Body position when sitting
164. Hyperlordosis is characterized by:

Excessive forward bending of the spine at all levels
Excessive curvature of the spine back in the neck and lower back
Excessive bending of the spine forward in the neck and lower back, chest department bends back
Flattening of the bend in the thoracic spine
165. Which of the following components of assistance to the victim are needed at prehospital stage with
closed isolated fractures of long bones?
Anesthesia
Limb cooling
The introduction of an antibiotic, tetanus tetanus
Transportation to a medical institution
166. Among breast scoliosis, the following prevail:

Right
Left-handed
Equally often left and right-handed
167. Skeletal traction is contraindicated:

With closed and open fractures without extensive destruction of soft tissues
For fractures with rupture of antagonist muscles
With multi-fragmented multiple fractures
With psychosis and non-critical behavior of the patient
With fat embolism
168. Novocainic blockade is used for:

Prevention of infection
Eliminate pain
Removal of hematoma
169. How much 0.25% solution of novocaine is needed to perform unilateral pelvic blockade?
250 - 350 ml
400 - 550 ml
600 - 750 ml
170. What method of presacral procaine blockade should be used for prevention of rectal injury?
Use a short needle
Inject the needle along the posterior surface of the sacrum.
Insert a finger into the rectum
171. How to judge the effectiveness of procaine blockade?

According to the feeling of heaviness in the place of the blockade
By the sensation of heat
For the disappearance of pain
172. What are the signs of intraarticular needle location.

Sharp pain
Free run of the introduced substance
Emphasis on bone
173. How many cramer tires must be applied in case of a shin fracture?
One
Two
At three o'clok
174. Which part of the diterichs tire is first bandaged?

External
Internal
“foot”
175. Hardening (setting) of gypsum occurs in:

5-7 minutes
20-30 minutes
40-50 minutes
176. What is the danger of imposing circular gypsum dressings in ambulatory conditions?
There is a rapid destruction of the dressing
There are difficulties in moving the patient
Compression of the limb by edema is possible
177. To reduce limb edema in a plaster cast, it is necessary:

Prescribe antibiotics
Give the limb an elevated position
Cut the bandage
178. Plaster cast completely dries through:

12-18 hours
24–48 hours
72–80 hours
179. Which of the following is characteristic of a bruise?

Pain
A positive symptom of axial load .;
Bone deformation
180. What happens when a ligament ruptures?

Extensive bruising
Increased pain when trying to carefully repeat the mechanism of injury
A sharp violation of the function of the joint
181. Which of the following is characteristic of ligament rupture?

Moderate pain
Violation of the guidelines of the joint
Joint instability
182. At break of a rotational cuff of a shoulder it is broken:

Bringing the shoulder
Shoulder abduction
Shoulder bending
183. When a tendon rupture of the long head of the biceps of the shoulder:
There is no active flexion of the forearm
The tone of the biceps of the shoulder decreases sharply
A rounded muscle nodule is formed on the shoulder with active flexion forearm
184. When a tendon rupture of the quadriceps femoris is noted:

Retraction in the gap zone
Violation of the active flexion of the lower leg
Violation of the active extension of the leg
Hemarthrosis
185. When a ligament of the patella is broken, observe:

Retraction below the patella
Violation of the flexion of the knee
Violation of the active extension of the knee joint
Restriction of movement of the patella
186. What is noted with a rupture of the internal lateral ligament of the knee joint?
Sharp pain in the joint
Shin excessively deflected outwards
The tibia is excessively deflected inside;
187. In case of rupture of the external lateral ligament of the knee joint:
There is a sharp pain in the joint
Shin excessively deflected outwards
Shin excessively deflected inside
188. When the anterior cruciate ligament ruptures, a subluxation of the lower leg occurs:
Forward
Back
Out
189. What happens when an achilles tendon ruptures?

Pain at the site of injury
The patient cannot stand on tiptoe
The patient is having difficulty, but stands on tiptoe
190. At what wounds suppuration is more often noted?

Cut
Chipped
Bruised
191. What wounds heal faster?

Cut
Chipped
Bruised
192. What wounds does the general condition suffer from?

Cut
Torn
Bruised
193. Significant damage to underlying tissues in depth is observed when:

Cut wounds
Chopped wounds
Bruised wounds
194. What bleeding does scarlet blood flow with?

Arterial
Venous
Capillary
195. Select internal bleeding.

Nasal
Uterine
From a damaged internal organ
196. Choose a method to temporarily stop bleeding.

Finger pressure vessel
Dressing in the wound
Vascular suture
197. The correct application of a tourniquet is determined by:

Discoloration of the limb (blue)
Loss of sensitivity
The disappearance of the pulse
198. At what degrees of burn can a wound heal on its own?

III a
III b
IV
199. Whose palm is used to determine the burn area by the "rule of the palm"?
Patient
A doctor
The average
200. Is it possible to remove the remains of tattered clothing from a victim upon rendering first aid
Can i
B) it is impossible
201. Which chemical burns are deeper?

Acid
Alkali
202. What should be understood by the term dislocation?

Rupture of the ligaments of the joint
Uncoupling of mating surfaces
Fracture of the bones that form the joint
203. Dislocation is called a dislocation limitation before:

3 days
3 weeks
More than 3 weeks
204. Elderly people call dislocation prescription to:

3 days
3 weeks
More than 3 weeks
205. What dislocation is called pathological?

Congenital
Complicated
Resulting from a disease that destroys the joint
206. After elimination of dislocation of the humerus impose:

Soft cloth bandage deso
Plaster thoraco-brachial dressing
Deso plaster cast
207. Typical symptoms of dislocation of the acromial end of the clavicle:

"spring resistance"
"keys"
Axial load
208. What dislocations of the forearm bones are noted more often?
Front
Back
Divergent
209. After eliminating the dislocation of the bones of the forearm, the limb is immobilized:
A circular plaster cast
Back plaster cast
Immobilization is not needed
210. Term of immobilization after elimination of dislocation of the bones of the forearm:
1-2 days
5-10 days
14-21 days
211. Where is the limb rotated with posterior hip dislocations?

Inside
Out
No rotation
212. Where is the limb rotated with anterior hip dislocation?

Inside
Out
No rotation
213. Term of immobilization after elimination of hip dislocation:

1 month
2 months
3 months
214. When is the limb load resolved after elimination of a hip dislocation?
After 2 months
After 3 months
After 4 months
215. Early loading after hip dislocation leads to the development of:
Contracture
Pain
Aseptic necrosis of the femoral head
216. If the fracture site and the point of application of force coincide, this:
Direct injury mechanism
Indirect mechanism of injury
Combined trauma mechanism
217. Which of the fracture mechanisms should be attributed to indirect?

Ankle kick
Ankle strike on an object
Ankle fracture with subluxation of the foot
218. Displacement of fragments occurs as a result of:

Muscle traction
The mechanism of injury
Traction ligaments
Bone shape
219. What is the number of types of displacement:

Four
Six
At eight o "clock
220. What are two reliable signs of diaphyseal fracture:

Pain
Crepitus
Deformation
221. What are two signs indicating an intraarticular fracture:

Pain
Hemarthrosis
Crepitus
Violation of functions
222. Do biochemical blood parameters change during fractures?

Yes
No
Slightly
223. The purpose of the anatomical period for the treatment of fractures:
Match and hold fragments
Eliminate muscle cravings
Eliminate edema
224. The term of application of skeletal traction with associated fragments:

1-3 weeks
4-6 weeks
8-10 weeks
225. What determines the period of skeletal traction?

Bone marrow formation
The formation of soft (fibrous) callus
The expiration of the extension period
226. Open reposition is:

Reposition by devices
Reposition in the wound
Gradual reduction
227. Intraosseous (intramedullary) osteosynthesis is performed:

With a pin
Plates
Bolts
228. Bone osteosynthesis is performed by:

With a pin
Plates
Bolts
229. Extrafocal compression osteosynthesis is performed:

Pins
Special plates
230. The purpose of the functional period for the treatment of fractures:
Match the fragments
Splicing a bone
Restore limb functions
231. If all the clinical signs of a fracture are present x-ray examination?
Yes
No
At the discretion of the doctor
232. Under what form of consolidation breach obliteration occurs marrow canal?
Delayed consolidation
Non-consolidated fracture
False joint
233. When falling on the shoulder joint, fractures are possible:

Ribs
Clavicle
Sternum
234. When compressing the chest in the frontal plane, fractures are possible:
Ribs
Sternum
Scapula
235. When falling on the back, fractures are possible:

Clavicle
Sternum
Scapula
236. With a bruise of the chest, note:

Pain
A positive symptom of axial load
Symptom of "interrupted breath"
237. Which of the symptoms indicates a broken rib?

Pain
Restriction of chest excursion
238. The symptom of "interrupted inspiration" is characteristic of a fracture:

Clavicle
Scapula
Ribs
239. What is characteristic of a sternal fracture?

Pain
A symptom of a "triangular pillow"
Deformation in the form of a step
240. The symptom of a "triangular pillow" occurs with a fracture:

Scapula
Clavicle
Sternum
241. Violation of the functions of the shoulder joint is more pronounced with a fracture:
The body of the scapula
Scapular angles
The neck of the scapula
242. Which of the signs is most reliable for a fractured rib?

Pain
Difficulty breathing
Crepitus
243. What is most characteristic of a clavicle fracture?

Pain
Typical displacement of fragments
244. In what position is it necessary to transport a patient with fractures ribs and sternum?
Lying on his back
Lying on his stomach
In a half-sitting position
245. What immobilization should be used during transportation patients with fractures of the clavicle and
scapula?
Deso bandage with bean-shaped roller.
Cramer tire
Plaster cast
246. Is it possible to bandage the chest when transporting a patient with rib fractures?
Yes
No
247. Is it possible to bandage the chest in the treatment of patients with fractures ribs?
Yes
No
248. How many condyles do the humerus have?

One
Two
At three o'clok
249. With the direct mechanism of injury, a fracture occurs as a result of:
Twisting the bone
Bone flexion
Bone strike
250. Which of the following fractures of the proximal shoulder include to intraarticular?
Tubercle fractures
Heads
Surgical neck
Transcuspid
Anatomical neck
251. Fractures of the surgical neck of the humerus are divided into:
Flexion and extensor
252. What fractures of the humerus have a typical displacement of fragments?

Heads
Anatomical neck
Surgical neck
253. At what fracture of the surgical neck of the humerus is the angle between fragments open inwards?
Abduction
Adduction
254. Choose the two most characteristic signs of diaphyseal fracture humerus:
Pain
Crepitus
Deformation
255. Choose the two most characteristic signs of an intraarticular fracture humerus:
Pain
Crepitus
Deformation
Hemarthrosis
256. A symptom of impaired bone conduction is characteristic of:

Dislocation
Fracture
257. Is an x-ray examination necessary in the presence of all clinical signs of a fracture?
Yes
No
258. Stimulation of ossification of soft bone marrow is carried out with good standing fragments starting
from:
Day 18-21
36–39th day
54-57th day
259. Surgical treatment of bone fractures of the upper limb is carried out:
At the insistence of the patient
According to strict indications
260. Choose the terms of permanent immobilization for surgical fractures neck of the humerus after
reposition:
3-4 weeks
5-6 weeks
7-8 weeks
261. Choose the timing of permanent immobilization of the fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus with
offset:
2-4 weeks
5-7 weeks
8-10 weeks
11–13 weeks
262. The elbow joint consists of:

Two bones
Three bones
Four bones
263. Turning the forearm with the palm up is called:

Pronation
Supination
264. Rotation of the forearm can be detected with:

Bent elbow joint
An extended elbow joint
265. The guether line is determined by:

Bent elbow joint
266. The gueter triangle is determined by:

Bent elbow joint
267. The gueter triangle is formed by the points located on the top:
The epicondyles of the humerus and ulnar process
The epicondyles of the humerus and coronoid process
The ulnar, coronoid processes and the internal epicondyle of the humerus
268. Fractures of the radius in a "typical location" are divided into:

Flexion and extensor
269. Montage breakdown is:

Dislocation of the radial head and fracture of the upper third of the ulnar diaphysis
Dislocation of the head of the ulna and fracture of the lower third of the radial diaphysis
Fractures of the i metacarpal bone
270. Galeazzi fracture is:

Dislocation of the head of the ulna and fracture of the radial diaphysis
271. Bennett's breakthrough is:

Dislocation of the head of the ulna and fracture of the lower third of the radial diaphysis
272. What is the term of immobilization of a fracture of both bones of the forearm with fragments
displacement:
6-8 weeks
10-12 weeks
14-16 weeks
273. Most often, damage to the hand occurs as a result of:

Direct injury mechanism
Indirect mechanism of injury
274. Fracture of the scaphoid. 2.5 months after injury removed circular dressing. On the control x-ray bone
callus is absent. Doctor tactics:
To operate on the patient
To begin the development of movements and stimulation of osteogenesis without immobilization
Apply a deaf plaster cast for another 2.5 months
275. The value of the normal cervical-diaphyseal angle:

105–107 °
125–127 °
145–147 °
276. Cervical-diaphyseal angle - the angle between:

The neck and diaphysis of the femur
The femur and lower leg
Lower leg and foot
277. According to the mechanism of trauma, femoral neck fractures are divided into:
Varus and valgus
Flexion and extension
278. Select an intra-articular femoral fracture:

Fracture of the lesser trochanter
Fracture of the greater trochanter
Neck fracture
279. Fracture period of fractures of the femoral neck:

3 months
6 months
9 months
280. Term of fusion of lateral (trochanteric) fractures:

1 month
2 months
3 months
281. Type of immobilization with a hammered valgus femoral neck fracture bones:
Derotational "boot"
Plaster cast
A large hip dressing
282. Select a reliable sign of a femoral diaphysis fracture:

Pain
283. Select two significant symptoms of femoral condyle fracture:

Pain
Hemarthrosis
284. What is broken with a fracture of the patella:

Active flexion of the lower leg
Active extension of the lower leg
Active rotation of the lower leg.
285. The volume of transport immobilization for fracture of the leg bones - from the end fingers and up to:
The upper third of the leg
The middle third of the thigh
The upper third of the thigh
286. Indications for surgical treatment of fractures of the femoral diaphysis and lower leg bones:
Large displacement
Interposition
The impossibility of reposition
287. The term of fusion of the site of fracture of the tibia in the upper third:
1–1.5 months
2–2.5 months
3–3.5 months
288. The term of fusion of the site of fracture of the tibia in the lower third:
2–2.5 months
3.5-6 months
7-8.5 months
289. Dupuytren fracture mechanism:

Varus supination
Valgus pronation
Flexion
290. The mechanism of occurrence of the malgen fracture:

Varus supination
Valgus pronation
Flexion
291. Term of fusion of ankle fracture:

1 month
2 months
3 months
292. Which of the symptoms most often indicates a calcaneus fracture?

Pain
293. Select the period of calcaneus fracture fusion:

1-2 months
3.5–4 months
4.5–5 months
294. What are the most common distal foot injury mechanism:
Direct
Indirect
Unexplained
295. What immobilization is necessary for fractures of the metatarsal bones and phalanges toes?
No need
Tight bandage
Plaster cast to the upper third of the leg
296. After consolidation of fractures of the tarsus and metatarsus, the patient needs recommend:
Avoid long walking
Bandage the foot
Wear arch support for 6-12 months
297. Loss of consciousness, memory, nausea, vomiting, dizziness include:

Meningeal symptoms
Cerebral symptoms
Local symptoms
Stem symptoms
298. Paresis and paralysis, including microsymptomatics, refer to:

Meningeal symptoms
Cerebral symptoms
Stem symptoms
Local symptoms
299. Photophobia, headache, fever, indomitable vomiting, stiffness occipital muscles, positive symptoms
of tension relate to:
Meningeal symptoms
Cerebral symptoms
Local symptoms
Stem symptoms
300. Respiratory, heart rate, blood pressure stability, swallowing, thermoregulation refers to:
Meningeal symptoms
Cerebral symptoms
Local symptoms
Stem symptoms
301. A history of trauma and regressing cerebral symptoms indicate:

Concussion
Brain contusion
Brain compression
302. History of trauma, cerebral, meningeal and local symptoms point to:
Brain contusion
Brain concussion
Brain compression
303. "bright gap" is characteristic for:

Concussion
Brain contusion
Compression of the brain by intracranial hematoma
304. Choose the difference between a brain contusion and intracranial compression clinical hematoma:
The duration of loss of consciousness
Severity
"light gap"
305. Select the difference between the symptom of “points” and paraorbital hematomas in direct injury:
Time of occurrence
Vastness
Elevation above the skin level
Pain on palpation
306. To distinguish liquorrhea from nosebleeds, a prominent from the nasal passages the fluid onto the
cotton cloth and examine stain formed. If there is a cerebrospinal fluid in the blood stain:
Round
Plain
Two-color
307. Patients with concussion are treated:

At home
In the clinic
In a hospital
308. If you suspect a head injury, the patient must:

Create peace
Give sedatives
Call an ambulance
309. Select complicated spinal fractures:

With the presence of wounds
With damage to the spinal cord
With severe pain
310. How are patients with suspected spinal injury transported?

Under its own power
Lying on his back with a recliner
In the "frog" position
311. Compression fracture of the vertebral body occurs when:

Falling on his back
Excessive bending of the spine
Tension of the back muscles
312. The symptom of axial load on the spine is checked in the patient's position:
Sitting
Standing
Lying
313. Traction in case of injury to the cervical spine is carried out using:
Delbe rings
Oval Titova
Glisson loops
314. What is Thompson's pose?

The patient cannot bend
The patient sits resting on his hands
The patient is standing, straightening the spine.
315. The Reins symptom is:

A device for stretching the spine
Back muscle tension
Muscle tension of the anterior abdominal wall
316. The symptom of a “sticking heel” occurs with a fracture of the spine:
In the thoracic region
In the lumbar
317. Choose a functional method for the treatment of vertebral fractures in the chest and lumbar:
Corset fixation
Bed rest for 1.5–2 months
Exercise therapy complex for strengthening back muscles
318. The term of fusion of a fracture of the lumbar vertebra:

3-4 months
5-6 months
8-12 months
319. With sharp muscle tension, fractures occur:

Pubic bone
Ischium
The superior anterior iliac spine
320. When falling from a height to feet, a fracture may occur:

The sacrum
Pubic bone
Acetabular bones
321. Symptom "sticking heel" occurs when a fracture:

The sciatic bone
Pubic bone
Ilium
322. The symptom of "reverse" is characteristic for separation:

Pubic tubercle
Ischial tubercle
The rest of the iliac wing
323. What is a symptom of Gabay?

Deformity
Violation of the functions of the pelvis
Support with a “healthy” leg for the patient while moving the body
324. Symptom of Larrey - pain at the fracture site with:

Dilution of the wings of the ilium
Compression of the wings of the ilium
Palpation of the wings of the ilium
325. Symptom of Verneuil - pain at the fracture site with:

Dilution of the wings of the ilium
Compression of the wings of the ilium
Palpation of the wings of the ilium
326. With an intra-abdominal rupture of the bladder, urge to urinate:

Frequent
Ordinary
Are absent
327. When the urethra ruptures, urination:

Frequent
Ordinary
Are absent
328. How much free fluid in the abdomen can be determined percussion?
100-300 ml
400-600 ml
750-1500 ml
329. Normal bladder accommodates:

100-300 ml
400-700 ml
1000-1500 ml
330. Shortening of percussion sound in the sloping places of the abdominal cavity with unchanging
boundaries when changing the position of the body - this:
Joyce's symptom
A symptom of zeldovich
Lozinsky symptom
331. Most often polytrauma occur as a result of:

Falls during sports competitions
Falls on the streets during the period of ice
Falls from a height
332. Closed rupture of the spleen is attributed to:

Isolated injury
Multiple injury
Concomitant injury
333. Closed ruptures of the spleen and liver are referred to:
Isolated injury
Multiple injury
Concomitant injury
334. Closed ruptures of the liver and right lung relate to:
Isolated injury
Multiple injury
Concomitant injury
335. Combined damage includes:

Fractures of the humerus and lower leg bones
Fracture of the humerus and rupture of the liver
Ruptures of the liver and spleen
Damage to two or more anatomical areas by one traumatic agent
336. The minimum amount of fluid in the abdominal cavity that can be identify percussion:
250 ml
500 ml
750 ml
337. What are the leading signs of polytrauma in the clinical picture?
Signs of bone fractures
Signs of damage to internal organs
Signs of shock
338. Inpatient care for a patient with polytrauma begins with:

Venipuncture, blood sampling to determine the group and rhesus affiliation, intensive care
Total x-ray examination of the alleged sites of damage and intensive care
Puncture of cavities to exclude internal bleeding with subsequent intensive care .;
339. X-ray diagnosis in a patient with polytrauma should be done:

Immediately upon delivery of the patient
During the fight against shock
After removal from shock
340. Novocainic blockade of the sites of damage perform:

Immediately, in parallel with intensive care
After radiological diagnosis of fractures
Before transporting the patient to the ward
341. Puncture of the chest and abdominal cavities to determine the internal bleeding produce:
Following the admission of the patient for the purpose of emergency diagnosis of bleeding
With an unclear clinical picture, as an additional method
With a clear clinical picture of a catastrophe in the cavity for documentary confirmations
342. Emergency care for ard in an admitted severe patient should start with:
Examination of the upper respiratory tract
Oxygen therapy
The introduction of drugs that stimulate respiration
343. Select indications for surgical treatment of a patient in a state of shock:

Open bone fractures
Ongoing bleeding into the cavity
Fractures with a large displacement of fragments
344. Select indications for thoracotomy for a patient with polytrauma:

Closed pneumothorax
Extensive hemothorax
Ongoing intrapleural bleeding
345. Prior to the arrival of a vascular surgeon, damaged large trunk vessels necessary:
Bandage
Insert the cannula
Clamp
346. Absolute sign of penetrating wound of the abdomen in the presence of a wound anterior abdominal
wall:
Peritonitis
Bleeding
Eventuation of internal organs
347. Choose the cause of congenital hip dislocation:

Birth injury
Underdevelopment of the elements of the hip joint
Abuse of pregnant alcohol
348. Select early symptoms of congenital hip dislocation:

Symptoms detected up to 6 months
Symptoms detected before 1 year
Symptoms detected up to 3 years
349. In what case can a congenital dislocation of the hip be suspected?

The child behaves uneasily
The child is poorly gaining weight
The child has limited hip abduction
350. A “click” symptom is characteristic of:

Congenital torticollis
Congenital dislocation of the hip
Congenital clubfoot
351. When do the late symptoms of a congenital dislocation of the hip appear?
After a year
After 3 years
After 20 years
352. At what age does a child undergo surgery with an unrepaired congenital dislocation hips?
1 year
3 years
At 10
353. What tires are used to treat congenital hip dislocation?

Diterichs
Volkova
Cramer
354. Congenital muscular torticollis occurs due to underdevelopment:

Trapezius muscle
Sternocleidomastoid muscle
Subclavian muscle
355. At what age is surgical treatment indicated for persistent muscle crank?
1 year
3 years
8 years
356. For congenital clubfoot characterized by:

Equinus, varus and adduction
Equinus, valgus and abduction
Back flexion of the foot, eversion and abduction
357. Select the definition of spondylolysis:

Congenital cleavage of the vertebral arch
Slippage of the vertebra
Violation of posture
358. Select the definition of spondylolisthesis:

Congenital cleavage of the vertebral arch
Slippage of the vertebra
359. Scoliosis - curvature of the spine:

Forward
Back
Lateral
360. Ribbed hump is planned for:

I degree of scoliosis
II degree of scoliosis
III degree of scoliosis
361. Lumbar scoliosis has an apex of curvature:

From dxii to liii
Dvii to dx
Dx to dxii
362. As a result of traction, scoliotic deformation is corrected when:

I degree
Ii degree
Iii degree
Iv degree
363. The scoliotic arc is determined by the method:

Cobb
Hilgenreiner on my way
364. How many lumbar vertebrae are detected in a patient with lumbarization?
Four
Five
At six o'clock
365. What sports are recommended for a patient with scoliosis?

Rod
Bike
Swimming
366. Deforming arthrosis (da) develops due to trophic disorders:

Ligamentous apparatus
Joint capsules
Articular cartilage
367. Does the destruction of cartilage with da lead to damage to the joint capsule, ligaments, bones?
Yes
No
368. In a patient, pain occurs periodically in the morning or after an overload. What stage of yes are you
diagnosing?
I
Ii
Iii
369. The patient has constant pain in the joint, including at night in bed. Pain intense. Movement is limited,
accompanied by pain and a crunch. Walking sharply hindered. The joint is deformed. What stage of
yes are you diagnosing?
I
Ii
Iii
370. What kind of mobilizing operation is performed in the treatment of deforming arthrosis?
Voss
Mcmurray
A.f. krasnova and a.n. krasnova
Endoprosthetics
Arthrodesis
371. Manifestations of chondrosis begin with:

The vertebral body
Ligamentous apparatus
Intervertebral disc
372. Select the leading symptom of osteochondrosis:

Increase in body temperature
Pain
Violation of the general condition of the patient
373. What is the main goal of conservative treatment of destructive-dystrophic processes?

Resorption of bone spikes
The elimination of pain
Restoration of cartilage integrity
374. What is the purpose of traction in the treatment of destructive-dystrophic processes?

Removal of muscle hypertonicity
Creating tension capsule joint
Distracting therapy
375. What causes poliomyelitis?

Staphylococcus
Spirochete
Virus
376. What affects polio?

Cns, more often the front horns of the spinal cord
Lower limbs, often the hips
Tendons of the lower extremities
377. Choose the stage of polio in which surgical treatment is used:

Paralytic
Recovery
Residual
378. How long after the onset of polio can a patient be operated on?
5 years
10 years
At the age of 15
379. Choose the cause of obstetric paralysis:

Dysplasia of the shoulder joint
Birth injury
Intrauterine disease of the fetus
380. With the upper type of obstetric paralysis, in contrast to the lower one, the following is preserved:
Shoulder abduction
Supination of the forearm
The functions of the fingers and wrist joint
381. Cerebral palsy occurs as a result of:

Birth injury
Intrauterine damage to the brain
Neuroinfection
382. How many degrees of severity divide the clinical picture of children cerebral palsy?
2
3
At 4
383. How old is a patient with cerebral palsy? Optimal for surgical treatment?
5-13 years
8-16 years
17-23 years
384. What process underlies osteochondropathy?

Aseptic necrosis
Suppuration
Degeneration
385. How many clinical stages do osteochondropathies divide?

3
5
At 7
386. What is considered the leading factor in the treatment of osteochondropathy?

Antibiotic therapy
Load exclusion
Surgical treatment
387. How are patients with osteochondropathy treated?

Conservatively
Promptly
There is no need for treatment
388. How are patients with bone tumors treated?

Conservatively
Promptly
There is no need for treatment
389. What is shown after removal of a benign tumor?

Chemotherapy
Radiation therapy
There is no need for special treatment
390. Malignant tumors differ from benign:

Rapid growth
Severe pain
Discoloration of the skin over the tumor
391. What are the signs of chondrodysplasia?

The characteristic external appearance of a person
A characteristic x-ray picture
Elongated fingers of bones
392. What is the treatment option for chondrodysplasia?

Manual therapy
Hormone therapy
Surgical treatment
393. What is the prospect of disability in patients with spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia?

Favorable
Some restrictions are possible
Persistent disability is possible
394. What are the indications for surgical treatment of exostatic chondrodysplasia?
Single exostoses
Multiple exostoses
Exostoses that cause compression of a nerve or vessel
395. It is desirable to operate on patients with exostatic chondrodysplasia:

In preschool age
At school age
Upon completion of skeletal growth
396. What operation should be performed for a patient with focal fibrous shoulder dysplasia?
Exocleation of the focus
Bone resection with removal of the focus
Osteoclasia
397. A patient with imperfect osteogenesis broke his shoulder. How to treat a patient?
Only in a specialized medical institution
Using agents that stimulate osteogenesis
As an ordinary trauma patient
398. Conservative treatment of arthrogryposis should begin with:

The first days of a child’s life
1-2 years
3-4 years
399. Surgical treatment of arthrogryposis can begin in:

2-3 years
5-6 years
8-10 years
400. What is the main function of the foot:

Supporting
Spring
Static
401. How many arches does the foot have?

One
Two
At three o'clok
402. Foot support is carried out on:

Two points
Three points
Four points
403. What is the streater index equal to? Which of the following indicators indicates flat feet?
40%
48%
60%
404. Which of the following indicators of the longitudinal arch of the foot indicates flat feet?
120o
130o
160o
405. What is hallux valgus?

Transverse flat feet
Hammer finger
Deviation of the I toe outwards
406. Heel spur is characterized by:

Signs of inflammation
Pain when walking
Night pains
407. What disease of the feet is considered an obstacle to service in the russian army?
Heel spur
Transverse flat feet
Longitudinal flat feet (ii – iv degrees)
408. What is amputation?

The isolation of a limb from a joint
Limb trimming
Separation of the limb
409. Is it right that the longer the stump, the better?

Yes
No
There is no difference
410. Amputation is considered optimal for prosthetics:

In an instantaneous way
Two-stage method
In a three-moment manner
411. In what cases is amputation called osteoplastic?

When sawdust bones are closed with a skin-fascial flap
When the skin flap includes bone
When the bone is closed with muscles
412. Procain-alcohol blockade of a truncated nerve is performed with the aim of:
Removal of pain
Phantom pain prevention
Contracture prevention
413. Select the definition of express prosthetics.

Prosthetics performed at the end of the operation
Prosthetics performed 3-5 days after surgery
Prosthetics performed 1 month after surgery
414. What are the features of lower leg amputation in children?

The stump is left longer
The stump is left shorter
The fibula is filed 3-4 cm higher
415. After amputation of the lower leg, the stump is fixed with a plaster cast for:
Rest of the limb
Prevention of flexion contracture
Bleeding prevention
416. Amount of local anesthetic (novocaine) used for blockade bone fractures in the background of shock,
compared with the usual dosage should be:
Reduced
Increased
Does not change significantly
It is advisable not to use novocaine in shock as a local anesthetic
417. The choice of anesthesia method in emergency traumatology depends on:

From the general condition and age of the victim
The availability of equipment and medicines
The severity, the estimated duration of surgery and blood loss
Qualifications of a specialist (anesthetist)
All of the above
418. In the position of the patient on his side during operations under general anesthesia danger:
The occurrence of neuritis of the lower arm
The accumulation of secretions in the underlying lung
Ischemia of the underlying arm
Reduce ventilation of the underlying lung
All of the above
419. A.V. vishnevsky developed and improved all of the following methods local anesthesia using
novocaine solution, with the exception of:
Vagosympathetic blockade
Lumbar blockade
Case blockade by infiltrate
Blockade of the anterior mediastinum
420. Intraosseous anesthesia has found practical application:

During surgery of osteosynthesis of the bones of the leg
During the operation of osteosynthesis of the femur
With reduction of the ankle fracture
All of the above
421. The benefits of intraosseous anesthesia include all of the above, besides:
Can be performed on an outpatient basis
Can be performed by a surgeon of any skill
Has an antithromboembolic effect
Has a good analgesic effect
Is not accompanied by any complication
422. Intraosseous anesthesia methods were developed and implemented in practice by all listed authors,
except:
Vorontsova A.V.
Diterikhsa M.I.
Krupko I.L.
Freiman S.B.
Shkolnikova L.G.
423. For prolonged intraosseous blockade, the following is used:

0.5% solution of novocaine
1% solution of novocaine
424. Contraindications to spinal anesthesia are:

Drop in blood pressure below 100 mm
Acute blood loss
Brain tumor
All of the above
425. During and after spinal anesthesia following complications:

Decrease in blood pressure by 30-50 mm and collapse
Headache, vomiting
Increased bleeding
Cerebral hypertension
426. Epidural anesthesia is widely used in all of the above. Sick, except sick
Bronchitis
Laryngitis
Pulmonary tuberculosis
Cirrhosis of the liver
Severe hypertension
427. Local anesthesia for brain operations has everything before anesthesia the following benefits except:
Lack of increased intracranial pressure
Maintaining contact with the patient (speech)
Ensuring good hemostasis of the soft tissues of the integument of the skull
Creating a complete anesthesia of the membranes of the brain and the ability to quickly
Provide artificial ventilation
428. The most appropriate type of anesthesia in patients with severe cranial brain injury in a state of
traumatic shock is:
Local anesthesia
Intravenous anesthesia
Mask and inhalation anesthesia with fluorotan
Prolonged intraosseous hemostatic blockade in combination with intravenous anesthesia
429. Contraindications to epidural anesthesia are all of the above, besides:

Severe curvature of the spine
Emphysema, nephrosis
Blood pressure below 100 mm
Emotional instability
430. Anesthetic of choice in patients with unrepaired blood loss and continuing hypotension can be
considered:
Ether
Fluorotane
Calypsol
Barbiturates
Sodium oxybutyrate
431. Distribution of local anesthetic in the epidural space in elderly patients depends on all of these
factors, except:
Connective tissue jumper seals
Stenotic intervertebral foramen
Atherosclerotic changes in the vessels of the epidural space
The length of the spine
Values of the volume of circulating blood
432. For operations on the chest with the aim of preventing possible explosion should be used during
anesthesia:
Ether
Cyclopropane
Fluorotan
Everything is wrong
433. Surgery on the spine and spinal cord at present time is carried out under:
Endotracheal anesthesia with mechanical ventilation,
Endotracheal anesthesia while maintaining spontaneous breathing
Local infiltration anesthesia in combination with paravertebral and intraosseous prolonged blockade
Epidural anesthesia
Cerebrospinal anesthesia in combination with prolonged intraosseous hemostatic blockade
All is true
Everything except G is true
434. In osteosynthesis of the femur with a large displacement of fragments the best type of anesthesia is:
Endotracheal anesthesia with muscle relaxants in a small dose
Endotracheal anesthesia with muscle relaxants in a large dose
Epidural anesthesia in combination with nitrous oxide anesthesia
Spinal anesthesia in combination with intravenous anesthesia
Chloroethyl anesthesia in combination with intraosseous prolonged hemostatic blockade
435. Choosing a type of general anesthesia (anesthesia) during plastic surgery in the first thing to
consider:
The age of the patient,
The duration of the operation,
The state of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems,
The nature of renal and liver failure,
The morbidity of the operational allowance
All is true
436. When dressing it is advisable to use:

Mask anesthesia
Epidural anesthesia
Intravenous anesthesia
Local anesthesia
All is true
437. For burns of the legs and lower half of the body for pain relief and improvement trophics apply
novocaine blockade:
Perinephric
Vagosympathetic
Lumbar plexus
Intraosseous regional
438. The patient revealed a fracture of both femurs without damage major vessels, blood pressure - 60/40
mm rt. Art., breathing - 26 in a minute. Most appropriate in this situation:
Urgent infusion therapy with simultaneous introduction into anesthesia
Urgently start infusion therapy, anesthetize, achieve stabilize blood pressure, then start anesthesia and surgery
Immediately intubate and start infusion therapy
439. When choosing a substance for pain relief in traumatic shock take into account primarily influences:
Breathing
On hemodynamics
On the endocrine system
On the central system
On the coagulation system
440. With multiple fractures of the ribs in a hospital, the optimal anesthesia method can be considered:
Paravertebral blockade and epidural anesthesia
Spinal anesthesia
Blockade of the fracture area
Narcotic analgesics
441. The advantage of novocaine blockade in severe injuries is that it:

Does not cause a decrease in blood pressure
Gives prolonged analgesia
Eliminates pain without lubricating the clinical picture
Reduces body temperature
Increases central venous pressure
442. In operations on the proximal lower extremities by the method the choice of anesthesia is
General anesthesia
Epidural anesthesia
Spinal anesthesia
Intraosseous and conduction anesthesia
Any of the following may be applied
443. Antihypertensive effect of ganglionics in elderly patients:

More pronounced
Less pronounced
Missing
Patterns are not detected
444. Emergency resuscitation in acute blood loss consists of all the following activities, excluding:
Temporary, and then permanent stopping of ongoing bleeding
Replacement at first with infusion and then with transfusion therapy
Ensuring adequate breathing
Hypothermia of the body and limbs
General and local anesthesia and correction of impaired functions
445. In acute blood loss, all of the following occur in the body changes other than:
The volume of circulating blood decreases, centralization of blood circulation occurs
After the initial activity of arterioles, venules, their shunts, weakening occurs their activities: microcirculation is
disturbed, blood viscosity increases
Aggregation of shaped elements occurs, drops of neutral fat appear
Increases reserve alkalinity, decreases the content of lactic acid
In the peripheral blood there are microthrombi that stop perfusion individual tissue sites
446. The basic principles of infusion-transfusion therapy in acute blood loss are all of the following,
except:
In first aid - an increase in circulating blood volume by saline and dextran infusions
In a hospital, before the selection of blood, the introduction of colloidal solutions and solutions salts
The use of blood of the "universal donor" o (i) group having rh negative meaning
Transfusion of conservative single-group and rh-compatible donor blood
Transfusion of blood products depending on clinical and biochemical laboratory indicators
447. In the treatment of acute blood loss from the following agents, do not apply:
Hydrocortisone
Polyglucin
Adrenaline
Cordiamine
Pentamine
448. Clinically, the axis of the lower extremity passes through all of the following education, excluding:
The anteroposterior axis of the ilium
The outer edge of the patella
The middle of the projection of the ankle joint
First toe
449. Clinically, the axis of the upper limb passes through all of the following education, except:
Acrominal process of the scapula
The middle of the projection of the head of the humerus
The center of the capitate head elevation
The head of the radial bone
The head of the ulna
450. The total length of the lower limb includes the distance from the front upper spine of the pelvis:
To the greater trochanter of the thigh
To the joint space of the knee joint
To the edge of the outer ankle
To the calcaneal tuber
451. The total length of the upper limb is measured from acrominal process:
To the middle of the projection of the shoulder head
To the external condyle
To the styloid process of the radius
To the end of the third finger
Until the end of the fifth finger
452. In determining the nature of the curvature of the spine, all listed except:
Deviations of the apex of the spinous processes from a line drawn from the posterior edge large occipital foramen, 7th
cervical vertebra to the middle of the lower end
Sacrum
Leg length
The value of the rib hump
The width of the pelvis
Deviations from the horizontal line connecting the spine of the pelvis
453. Gueter's line and triangle is used to study normal elbow joint. To determine it, you must know all of
the above landmarks except:
The axis of the shoulder
The location of the epicondyle
The location of the apex of the ulnar process
During extension, these three points (epicondyle and ulnar process) make up straight line
When bent, these three points make up an isosceles triangle
454. The Roser-Nelaton line is used in the study of normal

The hip joint. It is determined by all of the listed entities, except:
Points of the superior ilium
Points of the ischial tubercle
Points of the greater trochanter when bending the thigh at an angle of 135 ° c, which located above this line
Points of the greater trochanter when bending the thigh at an angle of 135 ° c, which is located on this line
455. Triana triangle is used in the study of the hip joint,

On a normal joint it is determined by all of the above, except:
A horizontal line drawn through a large skewer in a patient lying on back
A perpendicular is lowered from a point on the superior iliac spine
Connect the top of the greater trochanter with the superior ilium spine and get an isosceles triangle
456. Schumacher line for the pathology of the hip joint:
Passes through a point on top of a large trochanter
Passes through a point on the anterior superior iliac spine
Passes below the navel if the line connects points a and b
Passes through the navel or just above it, if the line connects points a and b
457. For pathology of the hip joint line of the pubic joint, connecting the point at the top of the greater
trochanter with the point at the top of the pubic articulations by a horizontal line:
Perpendicular to the axis of the body
Not perpendicular to the axis of the body
Makes an angle of over 70 ° c with the torso axis
458. When examining a normal hip joint, determine intertwining line. With pathology, it is determined as
follows:
Determine the points above the vertices of both skewers
Determine the points above the vertices of both trochanters of the pelvic spine
Connect two pairs of these points with horizontal lines
Get parallel lines
Parallel lines fail
459. Percussion does not reveal:

The presence of fluid in the cavity of the focus or joint
The presence of gas in the cavity or joint
The degree of fusion of fractures of long tubular bones
The degree of blood supply to the limbs
The presence of large cavities in the epiphyses or metaphyses of limbs
460. Succussion joints allows to determine all of the above, except:

The usual (normal) amount of synovial fluid in a healthy joint
The presence of blood for hemarthrosis
The presence of synovial fluid with severe synovitis
The presence of a small amount of fluid in a sore or injured joint
The presence of pus in the joint cavity with arthritis
461. With true bone, functionally beneficial ankylosis of the knee a person’s gait is defined by the following
terms, excluding:
Gentle lameness
Sparing lameness
Duck walk
Bouncing
462. A violation of mobility in the joint is usually characterized:

As ankylosis
As a contracture
How rigidity
As pathological mobility
Everything is correct
463. Lead and limb reduction are movements:

In the sagittal plane
In the frontal plane
In the axial plane
Internal movement around the longitudinal axis
External movement around the longitudinal axis
464. Extension and flexion of a limb are movements:

In the sagittal plane
In the frontal plane
In the axial plane
Internal movement around the longitudinal axis
External movement around the longitudinal axis
465. In a normal (healthy) knee joint, movement is not possible:

Bending - 130 °
Extension - 180 °
Over extension - 15 °
Lead - 20 °
Rotation (in the flexion position) up to 15 °
466. There are no movements in a normal (healthy) hip joint:

Bending - 130 °
Internal rotation - 90 °
Outer rotation - 45 °
Extension - 45 °
Leads - 45 °
467. In a normal (healthy) ankle joint movement is impossible:

Back flexion - 20 °
Plantar flexion - 45 °
Supination - 30 °
Pronation - 20 °
Rotation - 45 °
468. For paralysis of the muscles of the hip joint:

No hip flexion contracture
There is no active adduction of the thigh
There is no active abduction of the thigh
There is no active hip extension
There is no active hip rotation
469. With paralytic deformation of the knee joint does not happen:
Flexion contracture of the lower leg
X-shaped curvature of the joint due to subluxation of the lower leg
Knee joint recurrence due to flexor muscle paralysis
Flexion contractures of the hip and ankle joints
Y-shaped curvature due to the defeat of the semi-tendon, semi-membranous muscles, as well as muscles that stretch
the aponeurosis
470. With paralysis of the leg muscles do not develop:

Paralytic hallux valgus foot
Paralytic horse foot
Paralytic clubfoot
Paralytic lengthening of the limb
Paralytic heel foot
471. X-ray examination makes it possible to establish listed except:

The presence of bone fractures and the degree of their consolidation
The nature of the displacement of fragments
Changes in bone structure
The degree of regeneration of damaged cartilage
Ruptures of large tendons, the presence of free gas and fluid in the cavities, soft tissue tumors
472. When reading an x-ray, you cannot determine:

The shape of the axis of the limb, the structure of the cortical and spongy layers
The shape and width, the symmetry of the joint space
The shape and nature of muscle attachment and the degree of their development
The state of the germ layer and ossification nuclei
The presence of cysts, cavities, sequesters
473. In orthopedics and traumatology, all of the listed research methods, excluding:
Radiography
Contrast radiography
Fluoroscopy
Magnetic pole contrast radiography
Tomography
474. Nuclear magnetic resonance, which is based on resonant absorption electromagnetic waves by a
substance in a constant magnetic field, has compared to conventional x-ray examination, all of the
above benefits excluding:
The relative biological safety of the method
The ability to diagnose soft tissue volumetric processes up to the occurrence of a reaction from the bone tissue
The ability to judge the presence and nature of metabolic processes and, thus, diagnose pathological processes
before the appearance of responses from
Bone tissue
More accurate diagnosis of bone fracture
The ability to diagnose the early stages of the inflammatory process in the tissues
475. Radioisotope diagnostics based on various selective

Absorption of radioactive isotopes by normal and tumor bone tissue, not shown:
With suspected primary malignant tumor in the presence of normal roentgenograms
In the differential diagnosis of normal and malignant bone tissue
When specifying the location of the tumor process
When scanning areas of the skeleton difficult for radiographic detection - sternum, ribs, shoulder blades
When establishing the degree of fusion of bone tissue
476. A routine x-ray examination makes it possible to identify all the listed pathology, except:
Bone fracture or crack
Dislocation, subluxation of fragments of the joint of a soft tissue tumor
Bone tumor
Soft tissue tumor
Damage to cartilage
477. When reading an x-ray, you need to pay attention to everything listed except:
The density of the x-ray pattern of the bone (osteoporosis, osteosclerosis)
Disorders of the cortical and subsequent layers of the bone
The state of the tissue surrounding the bone
Changes in the axis, shape of the bone organ
The degree of density (exposure) of the fields of the x-ray outside the investigated organ
478. X-ray diagnosis of spinal fractures is based on all listed signs, except:
Lowering the height of the body of the spine
Changes in the axis of the spine, the disappearance of natural bends (lordosis, kyphosis)
Disorders of the cortical layer of the upper end plate of the body
The degree of displacement of the intervertebral disc
The presence of a hematoma in the soft tissues and body of the vertebra
479. Reference point for the calculation of the vertebrae on the spondylogram of the cervical spine is an:
The base of the skull
The spinous process of the 1st cervical vertebra
Tooth of the 2nd cervical vertebra
The spinous process of the 2nd cervical vertebra
480. Starting points for counting ribs in chest x-ray cells are all of the listed landmarks, excluding:
st
1 rib and collarbone
The contours of the heart
The lower angle of the scapula
Costal arch
12th thoracic vertebra
481. The main treatment in the diagnosis of medial femoral neck fracture has x-ray styling:
Anteroposterior
Side (profile)
Axial
With rotation of the thigh
482. To identify a tooth fracture of the 2nd cervical vertebra should be performed radiography using
styling:
Anteroposterior through an open mouth
Side (profile)
Axial
With a maximum tilt of the head
483. For radiological diagnosis of sacroiliac ruptures joints with displacement of fragments in the sagittal
plane has styling according to Drachuk:
Anteroposterior, but with the breeding of the hips
Lateral, profile, but with bringing the hips to the stomach
A cassette with a film is installed between the legs, and the beam of the device passes through large pelvic opening
The position of the patient on the abdomen with divorced hips
The x-ray beam is directed at an angle of 45 ° to the joints
484. To identify spondylolisthesis by the so-called functional method all listed projections of
spondylograms are applied, except:
Lateral projection in the position of maximum bending
Lateral projection in the position of maximum extension
Axial projection in the position of rotation of the trunk
Anteroposterior projection with maximum inclinations to the side (to the side)
Spondylogram in the vertical position of the patient
485. Using contrast radiography as opposed to classic, you can reveal:

Subluxation of a fragment of a small joint
Damage to the cartilage layer of the joint
Sequestration in the tubular bone
The hidden cavity in the diaphysis of the bone
486. When contrast radiography of the knee joint does not appear possible to determine:
Rupture of the external meniscus
Rupture of the inner meniscus
The presence of articular "mouse"
Cruciate ligament rupture
487. Contrast angiography helps accurate diagnosis of all of the above pathology, excluding:
Rupture of the vessel
Vessel obstruction
Narrowing of the vessel
Tumor of the vessel
A radiopaque body in an array of muscles
488. Bone imaging helps to identify all of the above, except:

The presence of a fracture
The absence of a fracture
The presence of bone fusion
The presence of a false joint and non-healing fracture
Ruptures of muscles, ligaments and tendons
489. Using the method of nuclear magnetic resonance, you can do everything listed except:
Diagnosis of fracture
Diagnosis of dislocation
Studies of bone structure
Tumor diagnosis
Identification of foreign bodies and sequesters
490. Contrast radiography of bones does not allow:

Determine the connection of fistulous openings with the bone organ
Determine the course of the fistulous canal
Diagnose the presence of hidden bone cavities and cysts
Determine the timing of the formation of fistulous passages, cavities and sequesters
Diagnose the presence of bone and cartilage sequestration and radiopaque foreign bodies
491. Contrast radiography of the joints does not allow to diagnose:

Damage to the ligamentous apparatus of the joint
Meniscus tears
The presence of free intraarticular bodies ("articular mice")
The presence of synovitis and hemarthrosis
Adhesive processes in the joint, obliteration of inversion and burs
492. X-ray contrast fistula examination provides an opportunity to identify all listed except:
The relationship of soft tissue fistula with a bone organ
The nature and topography of the fistulous course in soft tissues and bone
The presence of abscesses and cavities in the tissues
The presence of sequesters and foreign bodies in soft tissues and bone
Causes and mechanism of formation of fistulous passage
493. X-ray contrast study of blood vessels allows you to diagnose all listed, excluding:
Damage to the vessel
Vessel thrombosis
The formation of aneurysm or varicose veins
Damage to the nerves accompanying the vessel
The formation of arteriovenous anastomosis
494. During the period of limb fixation, exercise therapy and physiotherapy are prescribed with:
Day 3
On the 10th day
On the 21st day after the injury
TOPIC 2: GENERAL ISSUES OF TRAUMATOLOGY AND ORTHOPEDICS
1. Bacterial contamination of "clean" surgical wounds is highest on stage:

Immediately after a skin incision
At the most traumatic moment of the operation
Before suturing the wound
During the first postoperative dressing
2. Acute purulent inflammation of wounds is most often determined by the following pathogens:
Staphylococcus aureus and streptococcus
Proteus and non-clostridial anaerobes
Protea and enterococci
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
Non-clostridial anaerobes
3. The causes of purulent infection of traumatic wounds are:

"street" microflora
"hospital" microflora
Endogenous microflora
4. The most effective against pseudomonas infection are all disinfectants, excluding:
Boric acid
Formic acid
Potassium permanganate
Dehmicides
Antiseptics containing quaternary ammonium compounds
5. In the early phase of inflammation of the wound process, the leading role is played by:
Macrophages
Platelets and mast cells
Neutrophils
Fibroblasts
6. The main cells involved in cleansing wounds from tissue detritus in the phase of inflammation are:
Macrophages
Platelets and mast cells
Neutrophils
Fibroblasts
7. To factors damaging local tissue protection in wounds and contributing to the development of infection
include:
Local ischemia, the presence of necrotic tissue, hematomas
Chronic diseases (somatic)
Foreign bodies
Immunosuppressive therapy
All of the above
8. The factors determining the success of the active vacuum drainage method with abscesses, sagging, etc.,
include:
Tightness of the drained cavity
The introduction of drainage through contrapertures from healthy tissues
The evacuation of the contents of the purulent cavity through a small incision with its subsequent suturing
The introduction of drugs into the cavity with a certain exposure
All of the above
9. The use of enzymes in the complex treatment of wounds contributes to everything

Red blood cell aggregation in the wound area
Increase the strength of the postoperative scar
Reduction of the phase of traumatic inflammation
Activation of growth of granulation tissue, synthesis of acidic glycosaminoglycans, collagen fiber formation
10. The leading symptoms of wound sepsis are:
Severe intoxication
Hypovolemia, violation of the water-electrolyte balance, acidosis
Worsening microcirculation
Anemia, hypoproteinemia
All of the above
11. Wound healing by primary intention is determined by a number of conditions, to which include:
A small area of damage and tight contact of the edges of the wound
Maintaining the viability of the edges of the wound
The absence of foci of necrosis and hematoma
Aseptic wounds (or the level of microbial bodies is below critical)
All of the above
12. Surgical treatment in the regeneration phase poses for surgeons following tasks:
Removal of non-viable and altered tissues
A decrease in the number of microbial bodies in the wound
Opening of streaks
Reduction of intoxication
All of the above
13. The terms of active drainage of a purulent wound are:

From 3 to 5 days
From 6 to 10 days
From 11 to 14 days
The timing is determined by a specific situation
14. The methods of introducing a drainage tube include:

The tube is placed exactly on the bottom of the purulent cavity
The outlet end is located in the lowest (lying position) area
Use tubes with a diameter of 5 to 20 mm
Introduce layer-by-layer drainage for extensive wounds
All of the above
15. In the presence of a local purulent focus, a generalized infection passes phases:
Purulent-resorptive fever
The initial stage of sepsis
Septicemia
Septicopyemia
All of the above
16. Most often with sepsis, purulent metastases predominate, localized:

In soft tissues and bones
In the lungs, heart and kidneys
In the liver and spleen
17. If inflammation occurs with serous-purulent discharge in the area seams recommended:
Antibiotic therapy
Removal of sutures and washing the wound
Repeated surgical treatment of the wound with the application of secondary sutures
18. The critical level of the content of microbial bodies per 1 g of wound tissue at generalized infection is:
10 2
10 3
10 4
10 5
10 6
19. To secondary purulent inflammation in the primary burn (infected wound, carbuncle, abscess, phlegmon)
include:
Lymphadenitis
Phlebitis
Thrombophlebitis
Arthritis
20. Depleted wounded having low temperature and a non-healing wound with a wide surface and purulent
discharge, should to diagnose:
Wound depletion
Sepsis
Septicemia
Pyemia
Septicopyemia
21. In the classification of the clinical course of surgical sepsis, all listed forms, except:
Fulminant
Acute
Subacute
Recurrent
Chronic
22. The clinical picture of putrefactive infection is presented by all the listed symptoms, with the exception of:
Fetid purulent fusion of tissues with gas bubbles
General intoxication, high fever
Clear consciousness, low-grade fever
Concern
When cut in a wound, healthy blood-supplying muscles
23. Fat embolism usually occurs after an injury through:

1 day
2 days
3 days
6 days
12 days
24. Clinical signs of tissue non-viability in primary all of the following will be surgically processed, except:
Discoloration
Lack of bleeding
Lack of elasticity
Violation of contractility
Odor, increased bleeding when injured
25. Applying a hemostatic tourniquet for bleeding wounds requires performing all of the above
manipulations, except:
The tourniquet is applied as close as possible to the wound, proximal to it
The tourniquet is superimposed at the extremity root on a soft lining
The tourniquet is superimposed and tightened until the peripheral pulse disappears and stop bleeding
The tourniquet can be applied to clothing and to a soft lining
A tag must be attached to the tourniquet indicating the application time in minutes
26. The correct application of a hemostatic tourniquet is characterized the following condition:
The tourniquet is laid as tightly as possible on the limbs
The tourniquet is applied with a force causing numbness in the distal extremity
The tourniquet is applied as tight as the bleeding stops
The tourniquet is applied so that blood oozes slightly from the wound
The tourniquet is applied before squeezing the muscles of the limb
27. The concept of surgical treatment of wounds includes:

Lubrication of the edges of the wound with iodine, dressing, intramuscular injection antibiotics
Washing the wound, introducing antibiotics into the soft tissues
Removal of foreign bodies from the wound, treatment of the wound with antiseptics, drainage of the wound
Dissection and excision of the wound, removal of blood clots, drainage of the wound, recovery operation
28. Deferred surgical treatment refers to the treatment performed. After injury through:
12-18 h
24-48 hours
49-72 h
73-96 h
97-120 h
29. Indications for initial surgical treatment are all listed below, except:
The presence of a point wound with venous bleeding
A small wound with smooth edges without bleeding
The presence of the victim more severe damage, life-threatening (internal bleeding, rupture of an internal organ)
Severely contaminated and crushed wounds
The state of traumatic shock of the III-IV degree
30. Secondary surgical treatment of a wound is called:

Surgical treatment done later than one week after damage
Surgical treatment done with an unsatisfactory primary result surgical treatment
The application of secondary sutures to the wound after the primary surgical processing done 1-3 days ago
Plastic closure of a skin defect after surgical treatment
Treatment made for the first time after one month after injury
31. Secondary wound healing should not be understood as healing:

Secondary tension
Through suppuration
Through granulation
Through the rejection of dead tissue
After secondary surgical treatment
32. The primary deferred seam is:

A suture on a wound subjected to surgical treatment one week after damage
A suture applied to a wound that has been treated one month after damage
The suture applied to the wound during the first 5-6 days after being wounded on pre-treated wound before
granulation
A seam laid on a granulating wound with movable non-fixed edges, without scarring
A suture applied to a granulating wound with developed scar tissue after excision of the skin edges and bottom of the
wound
33. A lateral seam is a seam overlay:

During the first week after the initial surgical treatment until granulation
On a granulating wound with moving edges without scarring
On a granulating wound with the development of scar tissue after excision of the edges and bottom of the wound
For wounds one month after injury
On the wound for 2-3 days after the initial surgical treatment
34. Three category of autoplastic types of reconstructive surgery include all listed except:
Free skin grafting with a split autolap
Free skin plasty with a full-layer skin autoloskut
Autoplasty filatovsky stem
Plastic with a mobile skin autoloskut
Replacement of a skin defect with lyophilized skin allograft
35. Tetanus toxin causes a specific lesion:

The front horns of the spinal cord
The posterior horns of the spinal cord
The central and lateral parts of the spinal cord
All answers are correct
36. The incubation period for tetanus is usually equal to:

1-2 days
3-5 days
7-14 days
10-21 days
24-30 days
37. The subacute form of tetanus is characterized by:

A slow increase in symptoms
Moderate increase in symptoms
Recovery of most patients within 20-30 days
All of the above
38. For the chronic form of tetanus, all of the above is typical, except:
Slow development of muscle tension
The absence of clonic seizures
Normal or subfebrile body temperature
Death occurs in 17-19% of cases
The disease lasts several weeks or months
39. Local tetanus manifests itself:

Discomfort and pulling pain in the wound area
Twitching and increased muscle tone in the wound area
Clonic skeletal muscle spasms
All of the above
40. In the early phases of tetanus development, differential diagnosis:

With meningitis
With strychnine poisoning
With rabies
With all of the above
41. Treatment of tetanus in the first 2-3 days is carried out by application listed drugs, excluding:
Tetanus toxoid intramuscularly and endolumbally
Lidase and oxygen endolumbally
Muscle relaxants intravenously
Tetanus gamma globulin intramuscularly
Neuroplegic drugs intramuscularly and intravenously
42. When anaerobic gas infections are involved in the pathological process:
Only muscles
Predominantly subcutaneous fat and skin
Only connective tissue
All types of soft tissues
43. All are the determining factors for the onset of infection. Listed, excluding:
The state of reactivity of the patient
The degree of local violations in the wound
State of blood circulation
Massive bone damage
The presence of a defect in integumentary tissues
44. Clostridia - causative agents of anaerobic infection produce:

Exotoxin
Endotoxin
Exotoxin and endotoxin
Does not produce toxin
45. Everything belongs to the clinical manifestations of anaerobic infection listed, excluding:
Pain in the wound
Swelling, gas
Toxicosis
Anesthesia in the wound area, hyperthermia
Subfebrile condition
46. Express prosthetics includes:

The creation of the primary prosthesis
The manufacture of a medical-training prosthesis on the operating table after amputation
The creation of a temporary prosthesis
The creation of a permanent prosthesis
47. The incubation period for anaerobic gas infection is:

From 1 to 12 hours
From 12 to 24 hours
From 24 to 48 hours
From 3 to 4 days
Over 5 days
48. Surgical interventions for gas anaerobic infections include all listed except:
Wide dissection of the affected tissue
Excision of the affected tissue, primarily muscle
Amputation
Puncture wound drainage
49. Ligation of vessels during distal surgery for gas anaerobic infections must be done:
Proximal from the additional reserve
Throughout, but in a wound
In the field of stump
All of the above
50. Ligation of vessels with proximal amputation due to gas anaerobic infections should be done:
From an additional incision proximal
In the wound, during
In the field of stump
All of the above
51. The treatment dose for antigangrenous serum is:

10,000 iu against each of the pathogens
52. The use of HBO in gas anaerobic infections contributes to:

The action of antibiotics
Stimulation of phagocytosis
Antitoxic effect
Providing a general normalizing effect
53. To a set of preventive measures for open injuries Against gas anaerobic infections include all of the
following, except:
Anti-shock measures
Early primary surgical treatment (pcp)
Immobilization of the damaged segment
Antibacterial treatment
Chipping segment with antibiotics
54. In the treatment of tetanus, tetanus tetanus is administered endolumbar dose:

25 000-30 000 ae
35 000-45 000 ae
50 000-100 000 ae
120 000-150 000 ae
160 000-200 000 ae
55. Rabies is characterized by the development of pathological changes in the head brain in the form of:
Meningitis
Encephalitis
Basal arachnoiditis of the frontal lobes
Ventriculitis iii ventricle
Edema of the meta- and hypothalamus
56. The incubation period for rabies often lasts:

5-6 days
2-3 weeks
1-3 months
4-5 months
More than 5 months
57. The stage of precursors in rabies is characterized by the following symptoms:

The duration of the precursor stage is 1-3 days
The appearance of discomfort in the bite or soreness in the form of burning, drawing pain, itching, skin hypertension
Severe drowsiness
Increased salivation, auditory and visual hallucinations
Causeless anxiety
Hydrophobia
Depression
Correctly 1, 2, 3, 4
Correct 4, 5, 6, 7
58. Differential diagnosis of rabies is carried out:

With tetanus
With hysteria
With post-vaccine encephalitis
With encephalomyelitis
59. Prevention of rabies in animal bites is implementation of:

Washing the wound with soapy water and a solution of 3% H2O2
Surgical treatment of the wound with excision of its edges with suturing
Rabies vaccination
All of the above
60. Most commonly, soft tissue compression is observed:

In car accidents
When falling from a height
During an earthquake
During fires
During underwater work at a depth
61. Compression of soft tissue of a limb results from:

Hit with a heavy object
Gravity pressure over the entire limb area
A long stay of the tourniquet on the limbs (more than 4 hours.)
62. In the pathogenesis of soft tissue compression, everything is of primary importance listed except:
Bleeding
Intoxication
Plasma loss
Excessive pain irritation
Spasm of the arterial vessels of the kidneys
63. The periods, except for:

Period of compression
The interim period
Period of renal impairment
The period of early complications
The period of late complications
64. The brightest and most distinct clinical picture of soft tissue compression observed:
At the time of compression
Immediately after release from compression
A few hours after release from compression
2-3 days after compression
All of the above is incorrect
65. For a period of decompensation with compression of the soft tissues of the thigh is characteristic all
listed except
Hyperkalemia
A sharp decrease in blood pressure
Pallor of the skin
Polyuria
The shock-like state of the patient
66. After releasing the limb from compression, the patient is recommended infuse solutions, excluding:
Potassium chloride 10% - 30
Reopoliglyukin 400
Glucose-potassium-insulin mixture 500
Glucose solution 5% - 500
A solution of novocaine 0.25% - 300
67. The clinical picture of soft tissue compression is in a straight line dependencies:
On the age of the patient
On the duration of compression
From atmospheric conditions
On the nature of the squeezing factor
From the patient’s floor
68. After releasing a limb from compression, all the following, excluding:
Immobilization of the limb
Applying a tourniquet to the proximal end of the limb
Novocainic blockade of the limb
Novocaine paranephral blockade
The introduction of painkillers and sedatives
69. Treatment of patients with soft tissue compression in the first day after limb release includes all of the
following, except:
Infusion of blood substitutes
Hypothermia
Novocaine blockades
The introduction of cardiovascular agents
Administration of heparin
70. For compression of the soft tissues of the limb is characteristic:

Crushed muscles are pulled and saturated with blood and edematous fluid
Foci of necrosis look like stripes or islets
The great vessels are not damaged or thrombosed
71. When compressing soft tissues in the kidneys, the following pathological changes:
Pronounced changes in the distal convoluted tubules
Pronounced changes in the ascending loops of henle
Clogging with blood cylinders from tubule myoglobin
72. A young, previously healthy person in a state of traumatic shock of i degree, blood pressure will be:
60/40 mm rt. Art.
70/60 mm rt. Art.
90/60 mm rt. Art.
100/60 mm rt. Art.
110/70 mm rt. Art.
73. Traumatic shock becomes irreversible if maximum blood pressure of 60 mm rt. Art. Unable to raise for:
30 min
1h
2 hours
46 h
74. The diagnosis of traumatic shock is based on all of the above clinical and instrumental studies,
excluding:
Changes in blood pressure
Clear changes in central venous and spinal pressure
Heart rate indicators
Respiratory rate
Changes in consciousness
75. In the clinical diagnosis of traumatic shock all factors listed except:
Damage analysis
The nature of the injury
Age, gender, presence of previous injuries and diseases
Season
Clinical data - blood pressure, heart rate, respiration, urine output
76. Treatment of traumatic shock should be carried out using in combination:

Transfusion of 0.25% novocaine solution
Transfusion of blood substitutes
Novocaine blockade of fracture sites
77. An injured person in a state of traumatic shock iii-iv degree, transfusion of blood and its preparations:
Not shown
Absolutely shown
Shown relative
You can do with the transfusion of blood substitutes
Depends on the case
78. Osteosynthesis of closed femoral diaphysis fracture after removing a patient from a state of traumatic
shock is recommended produce:
Immediately after normalisation of blood pressure and pulse
After normalisation of diuresis
After 12 hours of hemodynamic stabilization
In a few days
79. Complications of a blood transfusion for patients in conditions severe traumatic shock, includes:
Risk of sensitization
The risk of contracting aids
Hypocalcemia
Immunobiological conflict
All of the above
80. The principles of compensation for blood loss in traumatic shock are based on:
Knowledge of the patient’s reaction to blood loss and a correct assessment of his condition
The ability to determine blood loss (its volume)
The ability to replenish the volume of circulating blood and plasma volume
Knowledge of the oxygen transport function of blood
All of the above
81. To assess the condition of the victim and predict the course of injury in old patients and children are
recommended:
Conduct a general clinical examination of organs and systems of the body
Determine the reserve forces, compensatory and adaptive capabilities
Determine the degree of involutive aging processes
Determine blood pressure, pulse, respiratory rate
All of the above
82. Of the following locations, fractures are least likely to occur in individuals elderly and senile age:
Medial and trochanteric hip fractures
Fractures of the surgical neck of the shoulder
Spinal fractures
Fractures of the condyles of the tibia
Fractures of the radius in a typical place
83. Adverse course of hip fractures in the elderly and senile age due to:
A sharp violation of the blood supply to the femoral head
Repaired fragments are difficult to hold by conventional external methods fixation
Prolonged forced position of the patient, adynamia
84. Indication for endoprosthetics for femoral neck fractures and false joints in senile people is all of the
above, except:
Subcapital fracture of the femoral neck
An overgrown fracture (false joint) of the femoral neck
Aseptic necrosis of the head and neck of the thigh
Violations of the blood supply to the femoral head
85. The development of the pseudoarthrosis in fractures of the femoral neck in elderly and senile age due to
all of the listed reasons, except:
Circulatory disorders of the head and neck of the thigh
Insufficient reposition of fragments
Unstable fixation of fragments
Early load on the injured limb
Age of the patient
86. The term "limb amputation" means:

Truncation of a limb throughout a particular bone (s)
Truncation of the limb in any area of the affected segment
Truncation of the limb between the joints
Truncation of the limb at the level of the joints
87. Primary amputation performed:

In the manner of emergency surgical care
With a complete crush of the limb
With complete separation and crushing of the limb
88. For gunshot wounds of the knee joint with the development of purulent lesions the patient is shown all of
the above, except:
Limb amputations in the development of joint empyema with extensive destruction and bone fusion
Amputations in thrombosis of the femoral artery
Resection, osteoplastic surgery, imposition of external fixation apparatus
Arthrotomy, permanent drainage and prolonged flushing of the joint, application
Bridge dressing in the absence of bone damage
89. Amputations during frostbite are performed:

Before the appearance of the demarcation line
When a demarcation line and mummification appear
In the first or second week
With infected frostbites through the demarcation line within 3-4 weeks
90. With gangrene of the limbs in the elderly against diabetes or obliterating endoarteritis amputation levels
need to choose:
In the center of the outbreak
Along the line of demarcation
As soon as possible higher (under the "root" of the limb)
The level of amputation is determined only after scanning microcirculation systems of the affected limb
Below the line of demarcation
91. Osteomyelitis with sepsis or signs of amyloidosis parenchymal organs requires:

Multiple sequestrectomy
Bone grafting with the compression and distraction apparatus, with continuous long-term irrigation and drainage of the
wound, followed by myofascial dermatomy
Amputation as a "crippling" operation
Amputation as a "recovery" operation
92. With necrosis of the limb associated with damage to the neurovascular bundle, necessary:
Limb clipping slightly distal to the demarcation line
Cutting off the limb according to the level of the demarcation line on the skin
Expose the neurovascular bundle, remove a blood clot, flush the main vessels and limb microcirculation system, put
an active drainage system and
Irrigation, dissect and remove tissues, create an abacterial environment
The level of amputation is determined by computed tomography system microcirculation, or according to the test of
S.F. godunov
93. In suppurative processes in bones, tissues or joints with Starting exhaustion is indicated:
Rapid amputation of a limb with a blind suture
Arthrotomy, resection of affected bones, osteoplastic surgery, permanent long-term irrigation and drainage
Rapid amputation in a circular manner, without constricting and guiding seams
Partial necrectomy
The imposition of a blind bridge-like bandage
94. An instantaneous method of crossing soft tissues involves:

The same contractility of the skin, superficial and deep muscles
Unequal contractility of the skin, superficial and deep muscles, resulting in
After muscle transection, a cone is formed, requiring a second circular section of the muscles and bone cutting
The creation of a conical stump
Normal stump, subsequently suitable for prosthetics
95. In hospitals of prosthetic and orthopedic enterprises for patients make:

Permanent dentures
Temporary prostheses
Medical training prostheses
96. The severity of compression of the soft tissues of the limbs depends on everything listed, excluding:
Pressure force
Damage area
The duration of compression
Body temperature of the victim
Localization (upper or lower limb), muscle mass
TOPIC 3: THERMAL DAMAGE, ELECTRICAL INJURY
1. Burn shock in appearance refers to:

To bacterial
To hypovolemic
To anaphylactic
To traumatic
2. The criterion for the transition of the patient from burn shock to the stage of acute burn toxemia is
Normalization of diuresis
Temperature increase
Suppuration in wounds
Tachycardia
3. The greatest number of pneumonia in burn disease occurs in the period:

Shock
Acute burn toxemia
Burn septicotoxemia
Convalescence
4. ECG changes indicating toxic myocardial damage with burn disease, are:
Sinus tachycardia
Ecg voltage reduction
Change in ecg teeth
Violation of conductivity
All of the above
5. Hormonal preparations are contained in the following aerosols:

Legrazole
Oxycort
Olazole
Panthenol
Oxycyclozole
True 1, 3, 4
True 2, 5
True 2, 4, 5
True 3, 4
True 1, 4, 5
6. The main symptoms of burns with a voltaic arc are all listed except:
Current marks
Characteristic localization
Metallization of the skin
Damage to the organ of vision
7. Emergency decompression necrotomies are performed:

For face burns
With burns in the area of the brush
With circular body burns
With circular burns of the limbs
8. Probe nutrition can be used during all periods of a burn disease, besides:
Burn shock
Acute burn toxemia
Burn septicotoxemia
Convalescence
9. Targeted antibiotic therapy is indicated:

Patients with superficial burns
For patients with limited deep burns as a preventive measure
Burnt during the development of complications (sepsis, pneumonia)
Burnt during the period of skin transplantation
10. Basic principles of antibiotic therapy in complex treatment burnt include:

The appointment of antibiotics, taking into account the sensitivity of the microflora of burn wounds, etc.,
A review of the provision for continued antibiotic therapy every 5 days of treatment,
Timely abolition of antibiotics with clinical improvement burnt
The duration of treatment with one antibiotic should not exceed 15-20 days
True 1, 2, 4
True 1, 3, 4
True 2, 3, 4
True 1, 2, 3
11. All are required for early surgical necrectomy listed conditions, except:
Adequate anesthetic management
Replenishment of blood loss (blood, blood substitutes, proteins)
Enteral and parenteral nutrition
Strict adherence to asepsis and antiseptics
Blood pressure stably not lower than 120/70 mm rt. Art.
12. The causes of liver dysfunction in burn shock are all listed except:
Circulatory and tissue hypoxia
Circulatory disorders
Intoxication
Hemolysis
13. Clinic of gastrointestinal bleeding in burned is determined all listed except:

The intensity of blood loss
Localization of bleeding
The condition of the patient before bleeding
Source (morphological substrate) of bleeding
State of pancreatic function
14. A face burn is usually not accompanied by:

Eye damage
A burn of the respiratory tract
The development of acute psychosis
Hearing damage
15. Absolute indications for amputation of a limb or its segments are:

Complete loss of limb as a result of injury
Compression by a circular scab
Acute suppurative arthritis of large joints
Limb gangrene
16. Modern domestic classification of burns differs from the known Kreibich classification (1929):
The introduction of a period of "zero" degree
Different names of degrees of burn
Introducing into the classification not only a digital designation, but also an alphabetic
The introduction of the classification of the fifth degree of burn
The inclusion of the temperature factor
17. Clinic for burn disease does not include:

Latent (incubation) period
Period of burn shock
Period of burn intoxication
Period of burn exhaustion
Convalescence period
18. Frank index, allowing to establish and determine the degree of burn shock is a product of:
The depth of the burn and the age of the patient
The area of damage and its area
The depth of the burn and its area
The temperature causing the burn and the localization of the lesion
Gender of the victim and his age
19. According to the classification of T. Ya. Aryev, local manifestations of frostbite are divided:
2 degrees
For 3 degrees
By 4 degrees
5 degrees
6 degrees
20. Signs of toxemia during frostbite due to warming appear:

With frostbite 1-2 degrees
With extensive frostbite 2 degrees
With frostbite 3-4 degrees
True b) and c)
Everything is true
21. Among the defeats of cold distinguish:

Freezing
Frostbite
Chills
Cold neurovasculitis
All of the above
22. Acute cold damage is:

Frostbite at a temperature close to zero
Frostbite at temperatures below 30 °
Contact frostbite
Freezing
All of the above
23. Frostbite may occur at temperatures above zero degrees when condition:
Windy weather
Moisture
Squeezing clothes
Chronic vascular lesions
All of the above
24. Chills at a temperature close to zero will contribute to all listed except:
Age of the victim
Intoxication
Bad clothes (light, not protective)
Decrease in general and local resistance
Environmental humidity
25. The most commonly affected by cold are:

Chest
Face
Buttocks
Stomach
Limbs (hand, foot)
26. Changes in systemic and organ circulation occur when frostbite:

1 degree
2 degrees
3 degrees
4 degrees
Any of the above
27. With severe degrees of frostbite, tissue necrosis occurs:

On the 1st day
On the 2nd day
On the 3rd day
On the 4th day
On the 5th day
28. Conservative treatment for frostbite has the following tasks:

Restoration of tissue temperature
Restoration of blood circulation
The fight against shock and intoxication
Infection prevention
All of the above
29. Changes in systemic and organ circulation occur when frostbite:

1 degree
2 degrees
3 degrees
4 degrees
30. Prosthetics of a stump after frostbite provides:

The manufacture of a permanent prosthesis immediately after amputation on the operating table
The manufacture of a temporary gypsum stump receiver on the operating table
Replacement of the receiving part of the stump in the prosthesis made in the first 2.5-3 weeks
The use of temporary training prostheses
31. Of the listed late complications of frostbite, the most common are found:
Sepsis
Osteomyelitis
Lymphadenitis
Phlegmon
Arthritis
32. Having established the diagnosis of phlegmon during frostbite, it follows:

Conduct conservative antibacterial therapy
Limit yourself to immobilization
Puncture her
Perform an autopsy operation
Make novocaine blockade
33. Under the influence of electric current, the following changes take place with sides of bone tissue,
muscles, tendons:
Carbonization
Comminuted fractures
Muscle stratification
Education in the bones of the "pearls"
All of the above
34. The severity of damage due to electrical injury is more dependent on:
From current and voltage
The type of current (alternating, constant)
From tissue resistance
From the environment
All of the above
35. The diagnosis of electric shock is based on:
On the account of eyewitnesses
A medical history ascertained from the patient, if he is conscious
On examination and identification of "current signs"
On the assessment of the state of the central nervous system, cardiovascular and respiratory system
All of the above
36. First aid for electrical injury will include the listed actions in following sequence:
Hospitalize urgently,
Start an indirect heart massage and artificial respiration,
Free from current
True 1, 2, 3
True 2, 3, 1
True 3, 2, 1
True 2, 1, 3
True 1, 3, 2
37. Cutting off a dead limb after an electric burn is performed:

On the 1st day
For 3-5 days
When a demarcation line appears
At the time of receipt
In the formation of current signs
In the "metallization" of the skin
In the appearance of tree-branched stripes on the skin and their disappearance when pressure
All of the above is correct
THEME 4: CONGENITAL DISEASES OF THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM
1. The etiological factor for congenital torticollis is:

Birth injury
Dysplasia
Defect of the primary bookmark
Improper obstetric care
2. The most common forms of torticollis are:

Bone
Muscle
Reflex
Inflammatory
3. With left-sided muscle crank:

The chin is inclined to the left
The chin is rejected to the right
The chin is located in the midline of the body
4. With right-sided muscle crank:

The chin is inclined to the left
The chin is rejected to the right
The chin is located in the midline of the body
5. Radiological with muscular form of crank:

No changes
Additional half-vertebra
Synostosis of the vertebral bodies
Non-closure of the vertebral arches
6. Conservative treatment of muscular torticollis in the first weeks and months of a child's life include
A fixed position of the head
Wearing a shants collar
Absorbable massage of the diseased side
7. Medication for congenital muscular torticollis includes application:

Mummy
Injection of lidase
Injections of hydrocortisone
Does not exist
8. Optimum age for surgical treatment of congenital muscle torticollis:

6 months
1 year
2 years
3 years
5 years
9. The most rational type of surgical intervention for congenital muscle crank:
Myotomy of the legs of the sternocleidomastoid muscle
Zatsepin operation
Hagen - thorn operation
Myotomy of the legs of the sternocleidomastoid muscle of its alloplasty
10. Postoperative immobilization in congenital muscle crank:

Not applicable
Gypsum cranio-cervico-brachial dressing
The collar of shants
Rug collar
11. Immobilization after surgical treatment of congenital muscle torticollis is:

2 weeks
1 month
2 months
3 months
12. The etiological factor of congenital hip dislocation (dysplasia) is:

Inflammatory process
Traumatic factor
Dysplasia
Incorrect position of the fetus in the womb
Violation of metabolic processes
All of the above
13. The most common congenital dislocation of the hip (dysplasia) is:
For women
In males
Equally often without much difference
14. Most common:

Left-sided dislocation
Right dislocation
Bilateral dislocation
15. According to the degree of dysplasia of the femoral head in relation to the articular cavity all of the listed
forms are possible, except:
Pre-dislocation
Subluxation
Dislocation
Central hip dislocation
16. The leading symptom of hip dysplasia in the first months child's life is:
Shortening of the limb
Asymmetry of skin folds
Click symptom
Restriction of abduction of the hips
External rotation of the limb
All of the above
17. X-ray picture of hip dysplasia in the first months of a child’s life:
The late appearance of the core of the ossification of the head
Changes in the values of h and d (decrease, increase, no change)
The ratio of the hip diaphysis to the ombredan line (the line passes through the hip diaphysis, inside, outside of it)
Change of the viberg angle
A change in the acetabular angle (increase, decrease, no change)
18. Most accurately hip dysplasia reveals x-ray scheme developed by:
S. A. Reinberg
Radulescu
Hilgenreiner
Ombredanom
19. Treatment of hip dysplasia begins:

From birth
At the age of 1 month
At the age of 1-2 months
At the age of 3 months and older
20. The most appropriate treatment for hip dysplasia in the early period is:
Conservative (wide swaddling, exercise therapy)
Plaster casts
Functional tires
Operational
21. Clinical symptomatology of congenital dislocation of the hip in children older than 2 years includes:
Lameness
Limb shortening
A positive symptom of Trendelenburg
A large skewer above the Roser-Nelaton line
All of the above
22. After two years of age with various forms of hip dysplasia joint most appropriate use:
Plaster cast
Traction
Functional tires
Compression distraction apparatus
Surgical treatment (extra-articular or intra-articular interventions)
23. In the conservative treatment of patients with dysplasia (dislocation) of the hip the joint gives the most
complications:
The Lorentz method
Vertical traction
Functional method
Compression-distraction method
24. In the conservative treatment of dysplasia (dislocation) of the hip joint most common as a complication:
Paresis of the sciatic nerve
Joint stiffness and ankylosis
All of the above
25. Of the methods of therapeutic effect in the conservative treatment of congenital hip dislocation apply:
Spa treatment
Physiotherapy
Massage
Water procedures
26. Early treatment for congenital hip dislocation are divided into:
Operations of open reduction of dislocation
On the bones of the pelvis
On the proximal femur
In combination with arthroplasty of the joint
27. Complications after intraarticular surgery for congenital dislocation hips are:
Relaxation
Ankylosis
Contracture
Restriction of movements in the joint
28. On removal of plaster cast after surgical treatment of congenital dislocation hips apply:
Passive exercise
Active exercise
Mud therapy
Water procedures
29. The load on the operative limb with congenital dislocation of the hip permitted:
After 2 months
After 3 months
After 6 months
After 1 year
30. Dislocation of the patella is more common:

One-sided
Left-handed
Right
Bilateral
31. Etiology of congenital dislocation of the patella:

Direct injury
Malformation
Anatomical defects of the knee joint
Dysplasia
Hereditary transmission
32. There are patellar dislocations:
Habitual
Recurrent
Permanently existing
All of the above
33. Conservative treatment results (massage, exercise therapy, wearing a splint, muscle electrical
stimulation) congenital dislocation of the patella should be assessed:
As without significant improvement
As an improvement (large)
As a deterioration
As the resulting complications
34. The optimal age for surgery for congenital dislocation of the patella:
3 years
5 years
7 years
Older than 10 years
35. When congenital dislocation of the patella is most commonly used operations:
On the bones
On the joint
On the tendon-muscle apparatus
Mixed interventions
36. Postoperative immobilization in operations for dislocation patella is provided by:

Coxite plaster cast
A circular bandage to the groin
Back plaster cast
Beller bus
Immobilization is not required
37. Postoperative rehabilitation for congenital dislocation of the patella includes:

Massage
Electrotherapy
All of the above
38. The main etiological factor in congenital clubfoot is:

Primary bookmark defect
Intrauterine trauma
Birth injury
Dysplasia
Intrauterine poliomyelitis
39. The main symptom of clubfoot:

The equinus of the foot
Foot excavator
Valgus of the foot
Varus of the foot
Reduction of the forefoot
40. Patient with clubfoot when walking:

Lame
Does not limp
Walks, crossing "leg by foot"
Steps on the inner edge of the foot
Steps on the outer edge of the foot
41. With clubfoot, the muscles most interested are all but:
Common finger flexor
Anterior tibial muscle
The posterior tibial muscle
Achilles tendon
Long flexor of 1 finger
42. Conservative treatment of clubfoot begin:

From birth
1 month after birth
3 months after birth
Six months after birth
At the age of 1 year
43. The conservative treatment of clubfoot includes everything except:

Soft bandaging and exercise therapy
Massage and exercise therapy
Redress
Plaster dressings
Gypsum dressings according to vilensky
44. The conservative treatment of clubfoot continues:

Up to 6 months
Up to 1 year
Up to 2.5-3 years
Up to 5 years of age
Before the correction of the elements of clubfoot
45. Surgical treatment for congenital clubfoot begins:

From 6 months of age
From 12 months of age
From the age of 9
From the age of 5
From 10 years of age
46. The most effective surgical treatment for congenital clubfoot in late age on:
Tendons
Tendon-ligamentous apparatus
Bones of the foot and lower leg
Joints
Compression-distraction method
47. Plaster immobilization after surgery for congenital clubfoot continues:

1 month
2 months
3 months
6 months
Up to 1 year
TOPIC 5: ACQUIRED DISEASES OF THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM
1. Hematogenous osteomyelitis is more common:

In children
In adolescents
In adults
Equally often in all age groups
2. Hematogenous osteomyelitis is more common:

In boys
In girls
With the same frequency
3. The onset of acute hematogenous osteomyelitis is characterized by:

Sharp pains and pain contracture
Reactive arthritis
High temperature
Increased esr
All of the above
4. Radiological signs of hematogenous osteomyelitis are:

Local thickening of soft tissues
Periosteal bone formation and exophytic growths
Layered strata of the periosteum (bulbous periostitis)
Osteoporosis
All of the above
5. The principles of treatment of hematogenous osteomyelitis is the effect of:

On the site of inflammation
On the causative agent of the disease
On the body immunity
To create peace
All of the above
6. A cortical abscess is characterized by the presence of:

Cortical sequestration
Central sequestration
Penetrating sequestration
Tubular sequestration
Circular sequestration
7. For subperiostal abscess are characteristic:

Local temperature and pain bursting
Thickening of the periosteum
Acicular periostitis (spicule in the form of a palisade)
The presence of the cadman triangle (visor symptom)
All of the above
8. Chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis is diagnosed on the basis of availability:

Purulent fistula
Bone sequestration
Recurrent course
History of injuries
All of the above
9. Chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis should be differentiated:

With post-traumatic periostitis
With a broady abscess and sclerosing osteomyelitis garre
With echinococcus bone
With osteogenic sarcoma
10. Osteomyelitis garre (chronic sclerosing osteomyelitis garre) diagnosed on the basis of:
Spindle-shaped thickening of the long tubular bone (usually the tibia) with sclerotherapy of the cortical layer
Hectic temperature and night pain
Sluggish course
Obliteration of the bone marrow canal in certain areas
All of the listed features
11. Conservative treatment of chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis consists in everything except:

In antimicrobial therapy
In immunotherapy
In pyrogenic therapy
In hormone therapy
In all of the above
12. Surgical treatment of chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis is:

Bone perforation
Sequestrectomy
Metalosteosynthesis
Bone grafting
Segmental bone resection
13. Chronic post-traumatic osteomyelitis can cause:

To amyloidosis of parenchymal organs
To relapse of chronic osteomyelitis
To sepsis and phlegmon
To malignant process
To all of the above
14. Chronic gunshot osteomyelitis is characterized by the presence of:

History of a gunshot wound
A functioning purulent fistula
Bone sequestration
Recurrent course
All of the above
15. Radiological chronic gunshot osteomyelitis is characterized by:

Osteosclerosis on the background of osteoporosis
Increase in bone thickness and density
Cortico-tubular sequestral boxes surrounded by granulation cloth
Osteoporosis of living bone on the background of osteosclerosis
All of the above
16. With hemophilic damage to the joints observed:

Decrease in blood coagulability
Defeat of children
Joint hemorrhage
Chronic arthritis
All of the above
17. With a broady abscess (limited hematogenous osteomyelitis), there is:

Solitary bone abscess with a thickening of the periosteum, sclerotherapy of the surrounding her portion of the bone
and sequestration in the center
Damage to the epiphyses of the tibia, radius and other bones
Long-term course
Night pain and fever
All of the above
18. The main complications in the treatment of closed and open fractures are:
Incorrect fusion
Nonunion
False joints
Traumatic osteomyelitis
All of the above
19. The causes of pseudoarthrosis in the conservative treatment of fractures are:

Insufficient and often changing fixation
Incomplete reposition of fragments
Interposition go diastasis between fragments
Malnutrition
All of the above
20. The causes of pseudoarthrosis in the surgical treatment of fractures are:

Inadequate choice of osteosynthesis method
Violation of the technique of osteosynthesis
Expansion of indications for operations
Infectious complications
All of the above
21. Pseudoarthrosis is preceded by:

Fresh fracture
Delayed bone formation
Non-consolidated fracture
Excessive bone formation
Primary bone wound fusion
22. Radiological diagnosis of a false joint is established on the basis of:

Osteoporosis of fragments
Closure of the bone marrow canal
The formation of articular surfaces
Bone marrow hypertrophy
All of the above
23. For the treatment of false joints of bones, the method of choice is:
Bone grafting
Intraosseous osteosynthesis
Compression-distraction osteosynthesis
Balneotherapy
Endoprosthetics
24. Acquired bone defects may result from:

Gunshot wounds
Open fractures
Surgical treatment of closed fractures
Radiation therapy
All of the above
25. In the treatment of patients with bone defects, the following are used:
Bone grafting
Skin-bone autoplasty on the vascular pedicle
Ghana operation
Ilizarov operation
All of the above
26. Dangling joints are characterized by:

A false joint with bone loss
Thinning and changing the ends of bone fragments
The functioning of the limb
All of the above
27. Pathological hip dislocation results from:

Osteoarticular tuberculosis and osteomyelitis
Tumor process
Radiation damage
Neurogenic arthropathy
All of the above
28. The diagnosis of pathological dislocation of the hip is based on:

Pain in the joint
Limb disability
Positive trendelenburg syndrome
Anamnestic data
The totality of all of the listed features
29. Radiological signs of pathological dislocation of the thigh are:

Structural changes in the bones of the femoral head and acetabulum
A change in the topographic ratio of bones in the hip joint
The presence of a burdened history of the disease
A combination of structural changes and topographic relationships of bones in hip joint
All of the above
30. The nature of the treatment of pathological hip dislocation is associated with:
With a disease leading to pathological dislocation of the hip
With the localization and nature of bone changes
With the age of the patient and the condition of the patient, as well as the duration of the disease
With the possibility of doctors, medical institution and the patient’s desire
31. Conservative treatment of pathological hip dislocation includes:

Peace and immobilization
Skeletal traction
The so-called "functional" treatment, including therapeutic exercises, massage and balneology
Prosthetics
All of the above
32. In the surgical treatment of pathological hip dislocation, it is used:

Osteosynthesis
Endoprosthetics
Joint arthrodesis
Joint resection
33. When purchased, coke vara applies:

Valgus osteotomy of the hip
Arthrodesis and arthroplasty of the hip joint
Wearing orthopedic shoes and unloading the joint
34. When purchased, "valga coke" applies:
Variating osteotomy
Hip arthrodesis
Conservative treatment and joint unloading
35. "Cox vara" occurs in connection with a defeat:

The head and epiphysis of the thigh
Femoral neck
The trochanteric zone of the thigh
Subrochanteric and diaphysis femoral zones
Combinations of all of the above zones
36. Acquired "coke vara" are due to:

Dysplastic processes
Specific and nonspecific infections
Consequences of injuries
Disturbances in mineral metabolism
Combinations of all of the above
37. The diagnosis of a snapping hip joint is based on the presence of:
Snapping thigh with active flexion with internal rotation
Compaction of the wide fascia of the thigh
Noise in the thigh when walking
Bilateral lesions
The normal structure of the hip joint in the x-ray image
38. In the treatment of meniscus cysts are used:

Physiotherapy
Joint immobilization
Meniscus puncture
Meniscectomy
Meniscotomy
39. The syndrome of mediopatellar ligament is characterized by:

External hyperabduction of the lower leg and hypotrophy of the thigh muscle
Internal instability of the knee joint
Pain in the area of attachment of the ligament
Radiological resorption of the condyles of the femur and tibia
All of the above
40. Habitual dislocation of the patella is characterized by:

Lateral displacement of the patella
The smaller size of the inner platform of the patella
Pulling the lateral portion of the quadriceps muscle
Recurrence, habituality and constancy of dislocations
All of the above
41. In the treatment of congenital dislocation of the patella are used:

Krogius operation
Operation of friedland
Campbell operation
Operation ru - friedland - volkov
All of the above
42. Goff disease is diagnosed based on:

Hyperplasia of the fat folds of the knee joint
Chronic course
Blockade of the knee
Pain with a load on the foot with a straight leg in a supine position
All of the above
43. Treatment for goff disease includes:

Physiotherapy
Prolonged immobilization
Operative removal of folds and fat bodies
Laser therapy and the introduction of enzymes
All of the above
44. Joint chondromatosis is characterized by:

Mobile and palpable formations in the joints
Synovitis
Bone-cartilaginous shadows on the roentgenogram
Blockade of the joint
All of the above
45. The most common cause of deforming arthrosis of the hip joint:
Injury to the hip joint (hip dislocation, fracture of the posterior or upper edge acetabulum)
Congenital dislocation
Transferred epiphysiolysis
Stato-dynamic overload of joints, hereditary factors, transferred history of injury
46. The most common theory of the pathogenesis of deforming arthrosis is an:
Vascular theory
Pauls biochemical theory
Neurotrophic theory
All of the above
47. The main early clinical symptom of a hip joint arthritis is an:
Pain in the hip
Pain in the lower third of the thigh and in the knee joint
Adduction flexion contracture
Limitation of range of motion in the joint
48. Differentiate coxarthrosis should:

With rheumatoid polyarthritis
With the tuberculosis process
With ankylosing spondylitis
With osteochondrosis with radicular syndrome
With sacroiliitis
49. The most characteristic radiological sign of coxarthrosis:

Narrowing of the joint space
A degenerative cyst in the head and in the lid of the cavity
Bone growths around the joint
Sclerosis of the subchondral part of the head and cavity in the area of the most loaded joint parts
All of the above
50. The main objective of the conservative treatment of coxarthrosis is:

In the elimination of joint contracture
An increase in range of motion
In the removal of pain
In compensation for shortening the limb
51. Complex conservative therapy is indicated for many years:

With idiopathic coxarthrosis
With dysplastic coxarthrosis
With post-traumatic coxarthrosis
With the consequences of aseptic necrosis of the femoral head
52. Early operation in stages i and ii is indicated:

With idiopathic coxarthrosis
With post-traumatic coxarthrosis
With the consequences of aseptic necrosis of the femoral head
53. The main indications for surgical treatment of coxarthrosis are:

Lack of effect from conservative treatment
Short periods of remission
Dysplastic coxarthrosis ii, iii degree
Limitation of the volume of rotational movements
54. The operation of choice in idiopathic coxarthrosis of the ii degree is:

Foss operation
Variating osteotomy according to pauls
Operation of mcmurray
Endoprosthetics operation
Arthroplastic surgery
55. The most acceptable operation for dysplastic coxarthrosis of stage i, ii with a deficiency of head coverage
in young people is:
Mcmurray osteotomy
Detorsion-varying osteotomy
Chiari osteotomy
Joint replacement
56. In patients with stage iii coxarthrosis in combination with osteochondrosis lumbar spine are shown:
Foss operation
Hip arthrodesis
Joint replacement
Osteotomy according to mcmurray
Detorsion-varicating osteotomy of the thigh
57. With stage iii coxarthrosis, it is preferable on both sides:

Bilateral endoprosthetics
The operation of mcmurray on both sides
Do not operate both joints
First, to perform an endoprosthetics operation on the one hand, and when a favorable outcome to perform
endoprosthetics of another joint
To carry out a foss operation on both sides
58. In young women 18-25 years old with stage ii dysplastic coxarthrosis shown:
Mcmurray hip surgery
Detorsion-varicating osteotomy of the thigh
Chiari osteotomy
Joint replacement
Joint arthrodesis surgery
59. Favorable effect with mcmarey osteotomy in patients with stage ii idiopathic coxarthrosis is achieved as a
result of:
Better centering of the femoral head
Changes in the biomechanics of the joint, improve blood circulation and reduce pressure on joint due to medialization
of the hip
Changes in range of motion in the joint
Changes in the area of load on the joint
All of the above
60. In a 50-year-old patient with stage iii bilateral coxarthrosis, severe pain syndrome and restriction of
movement in the hip joints (leading-
Flexion contracture in the sagittal plane within 160-100 °,
There are no rotational movements, there is no abduction of the hips). The joint gap is barely visible; sclerotic
heads, sclerotic
Roofs of acetabulums. There are single degenerative cysts in the heads and in the hollows. Radionuclide
examination shows a decrease
The concentration of the radiopharmaceutical in the projection of both hip joints. The patient is shown:
Regular conservative therapy 2 times a year, including mud therapy
Arthroplasty on both sides
Endoprosthetics with a bipolar prosthesis on the one hand and the second stage - arthrodesis of the second joint
Bilateral endoprosthetics
Macmurray osteotomy on both sides
61. Patient 21 years old has dysplastic right-sided coxarthrosis i, ii degrees. Concerned about pain in the hip
joint after exercise, during long distance walking time. Rotational movements are limited,
Cast and lead are not limited. Volume of motion in the sagittal plane full. On the radiograph there is sclerosis
of the subchondral head
And troughs at the site of the highest load. The hollow is shallow, the roof is underdeveloped, deficiency of
femoral head coverage. The patient is shown:
Conservative therapy, including ultrasound with hydrocortisone , massage, exercise therapy, mud therapy
Foss operation
Operation of mcmurray
Chiari osteotomy
Hyperetory detorsion osteotomy and chiari osteotomy
62. The most common cause of knee deforming arthrosis joint:

Injuries of the knee joint: intraarticular fractures, incorrectly fused
Fractures of the thigh of the thigh, the consequences of damage to the menisci and ligaments of the knee joint,
dislocations of the lower leg
Congenital dislocation of the patella
Koenig's disease
Inflammatory processes
Involutional process
63. Pathogenesis of deforming arthrosis of the knee joint:

Vascular theory
Mechano-functional theory
The theory of macro-microtraumatization of articular cartilage
Neurotrophic theory
64. The main clinical signs of deforming arthrosis of the knee joint:
Pain in the knee joint
Restriction of movements
Crunch in the joint during movements
Varus or valgus deformity of the knee joint
All of the above
65. Differential diagnosis of deforming arthrosis of the knee should be carried out:
With rheumatoid polyarthritis
With tuberculosis
With gonorrhea arthritis
With a medial fracture of the femoral neck
66. The most characteristic radiological signs with deforming arthrosis of the knee include:
Narrowing and deformation of the joint space
Bone growths around the joint
The presence of degenerative cysts in the pineal glands
Flattening of the articular areas of the tibia with varus or valgus deformation
All of the above
67. Indications for the use of conservative therapy for deforming arthrosis of the knee joint is:
Stage i damage
Stage ii lesion
Stage iii damage
68. Indications for surgical treatment of knee deforming arthrosis joints are:
Lack of effect from conservative treatment
Short periods of remission
Defarthrosis with varus or valgus deformity
Pronounced patello-femoral arthrosis of the knee joint
All of the above
69. The operation of choice in patella-femoral arthrosis of the ii-iii stage is:
Removal of the patella
Knee replacement
Knee arthrodesis
Operation bundy
Knee arthroplasty
70. With deforming arthrosis of the knee joint stage ii-iii most acceptable operation is:
High corrective osteotomy of the tibia
Scooping intraosseous osteotomy of the proximal end of the tibia bones
Knee replacement
Knee arthrodesis
Knee arthroplasty
71. In young people 24-40 years old with deforming arthrosis of the knee joint i-ii stage and joint instability
surgery is indicated:
Knee replacement
Knee arthrodesis
High corrective osteotomy of the tibia
Stabilizing surgery on the knee joint with restoration of the ligament apparatus
72. Operation bundy is shown:

With deforming arthrosis of the knee joint of the i-ii stage
With patella-femoral arthrosis of the knee joint
With defartrosis with varus or valgus deformity of the joint
With rheumatoid monoarthritis of the knee joint in remission
73. The most acceptable technique for fixing bone fragments after high corrective osteotomy of the tibia is:
"g" -shaped plate
Ilizarov apparatuses
Spongy screws
74. Intervertebral disc that forms a defect in the locking plate vertebra and prolapsed into the vertebral body,
known as:
Protrusion (loss) of the disk core
Degenerative disc with bone spur
Spondylolysis
Schmorl's hernia
None of the above
TOPIC 6 PEDIATRIC TRAUMATOLOGY AND ORTHOPEDICS
1. Of the listed diseases due to immaturity of organs and tissues a growing organism is:
Dysplasia of the hip joint
Congenital oblique
Amniotic constrictions
Pathological dislocation of the hip
Klippel-feil disease
2. Osteochondropathy is based on:

Maturation dysfunction
Growth dysfunction
Mechanical impact
Improper intrauterine development
Teratogenic effects
3. The basis of the pathogenesis of congenital dislocation of the thigh in children is:
Growth dysfunction
Maturation dysfunction
Birth injury
Intrauterine infection
Oncogenic effect
4. Volume of necessary priority treatment measures before appointment special examination methods in a
child with traumatic rupture of the lung and closed intense pneumothorax includes:
Oxygen inhalation and referral of the patient to an x-ray examination
Puncture of the pleural cavity and removal of accumulated air
For anti-shock drug administration
Until the final diagnosis is established, the patient does not need treatment
Puncture of the pleural cavity, air removal and drainage along
Byulau, execution of a cervical vagosympathetic blockade according to a.v. vishnevsky
5. In case of Upper Duchenne - Erba palsy, there is:

Lack of movement in the fingers
Internal rotation and reduction of the shoulder in the presence of movements in the fingers
A complete lack of movement in the affected limb
Unilateral spastic hemiparesis
Lack of movement in the fingers of the hand with saved movements in the shoulder joint
6. Rational therapeutic tactics for generic epiphysiolysis of the femoral head bones in the first hours after
birth include:
Open reduction
Shed traction
Blount traction
Closed reduction
Closed reduction with subsequent stretching on a horizontal plane with abduction and internal rotation of the damaged
leg
7. In case of emergency prophylaxis of tetanus in a child older than 10 years, having

Less than 3 vaccinations, the last of which was given two years before the injury, is necessary enter:
Toxoid tetanus tetanus tetanus
Tetanus human immunoglobulin
Tetanus toxoid
Tetanus toxoid
None of the above
8. A traumatic brain injury with a characteristic bright gap includes:

Commutation syndrome
Subshell hemorrhage
Brain contusion
Birth traumatic brain injury
Intracranial hematoma
9. With unilateral epi- or subdural hematoma, the following occurs:

Short-term loss of consciousness, vomiting, retrograde amnesia
Loss of consciousness, focal neurological symptoms, meningeal signs
"light gap", homolateral dilatation of the pupil, contra signs of pyramidal insufficiency
Cerebral symptoms, fever
Tetraplegia, clear consciousness
10. The best treatment for subperiosteal fracture of the scapula is an:
Bandage deso
Open reposition bandage deso
Closed reposition deso bandage
Puncture of the hematoma with a view to its removal fixing bandage
Does not require treatment
11. Optimal fixation bandage for a fracture of the clavicle in a child up to 1 years in the middle third is:
Bandage deso
Thoracobrachial dressing
Plaster 8-shaped dressing
A crutch-gypsum dressing according to kuzminsky - karpenko
No fixation required
12. The most common types of damage to the upper end of the humerus in children:
Suprabuccal
Through the tubercle
Submandibular
Fracture of the surgical neck
Osteoepiphysiolysis
13. With a closed transverse fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus in the middle third optimal tactics
include:
Reposition and fixation with a plaster cast
Reposition and fixation by two crossing knitting needles
Reposition and fixation on the discharge bus
Skeletal traction
Reposition and fixation by the intramedullary shaft
14. Indications for surgical treatment most often occur:

With intraarticular injuries of the humerus
With metaphysical injuries of the humerus
With metadiaphyseal injuries of the humerus
With diaphyseal injuries of the humerus
Surgical treatment is contraindicated at all levels
15. Montegi fracture-dislocation is:

Dislocation of the bones of the forearm on one arm and fracture of them on the other
Dislocation of the hand and fracture of the bones of the forearm in the middle third
Dislocation of the bones of the forearm in the elbow joint and a fracture of one of the bones in the lower third forearm
Dislocation of the ulna and fracture of the radius
Dislocation of the head of the radius and fracture of the ulna at the border of the middle and upper thirds on the hand
of the same name
16. Dislocation of the galeazzi is:

Dislocation of the ulnar head on one arm and a b / 3 beam fracture on the other
Dislocation of the bones of the forearm in the elbow joint and fracture of the ulnar process
A fracture of the beam in the lower third and dislocation of the head of the ulna on the same arm
Dislocation of the hand with a fracture of the radius in the middle third
Dislocation of the beam head in the elbow joint and fracture of the ulna in the lower third
17. Absolute indications for surgical treatment of forearm fractures:

Fracture of the radius in the middle third with a complete displacement
A fracture of the ulna in the middle third with a complete displacement
Fracture of 2 bones of the forearm in the middle third with a complete displacement
Fracture of 2 bones of the forearm in the middle third
Fracture of the bones of the forearm with the phenomena of circulatory disorders in the damaged limbs
18. In case of damage to the radius, premature closure of the growth zone and the development of deformity
of the upper limb is most likely in the case of:
Epiphysiolysis of the distal epiphysis of the beam with a significant shift in width
Proximal fracture of the pineal gland
Osteoepiphysiolysis with displacement
Epiphysiolysis with bias
Compression of the germ zone without a significant shift of the pineal gland
19. The method of treatment for acute dislocation of the patella in children is:
Reduction, puncture of the joint, simulated plaster cast
Reduction, plaster cast
Open reduction stabilizing operational-technical procedures
Closed reduction without immobilization
20. With penetrating wound of the knee, the victim should produce:
Suturing the wound, applying a plaster cast
Revision of the wound, primary surgical treatment, immobilization
R-picture of the joint, revision of the wound, removal of foreign bodies, washing the cavity antibiotics, wound closure,
plaster cast
Revision of the wound, removal of foreign bodies, drainage
Arthrotomy with revision of the knee joint
21. Optimum operative benefit for comminuted fracture of the patella:

The imposition of a circular dacron seam
Removal of the patella
Fixing with knitting needles and wire according to weber
Fixing with a screw
22. With a rupture of the anterior cruciate ligament of the knee joint characteristic symptom is:
Blockade of the knee
A drawer symptom
Knee flexion contracture
A symptom of "sticking heel"
23. Damage to the proximal end of the tibia in children, equivalent to the anterior cruciate ligament in adults,
is:
Separation of the intercondylar elevation
Tear tuberosity separation
Frontal fracture of the proximal epiphysis of the tibia
Sagittal fracture of the tibial epiphysis
Lateral separation of the bone-cartilaginous fragment from the pineal gland of the tibia
24. The best treatment option for intraarticular injuries shin bone with displacement in children includes:
Open reposition
Open reposition and osteosynthesis
Hardware treatment
Skeletal traction
Revision, plaster immobilization
25. Absolute indications for surgical treatment of leg fractures:

Closed intraarticular fractures with displacement
Closed diaphyseal fractures of 2 leg bones
Metaphysical fractures of 2 bones with angular displacement
Closed fractures with full displacement
All types of fractures with displacement of fragments
26. The name of grisel disease is:

Osteochondropathy of the apophysis of the calcaneus
Osteochondropathy of the apophyses of the vertebrae
"marching" fracture of the bones of the foot
Subluxation of the i cervical vertebra against the background of inflammation of the lymph nodes of the neck
Malformation of tendons of the flexors of the hand
27. The most common compression fracture of the vertebrae in children occurs:
In the upper thoracic region
In the mid-thoracic region
In the lower thoracic region
In the lumbar
28. Optimal treatment for children with compression fractures of the chest spine includes:
Functional method of treatment (traction, exercise therapy, massage)
Corset treatment
Surgical treatment
Simultaneous corset
No corset required
29. The optimal method for inpatient treatment of compression fractures degree i spine in the lumbar in
children is:
Functional with stable reclining styling
Operational with subsequent rehabilitation
Corset
Unloading on a horizontal plane
No treatment required
30. Among the pelvic fractures is called the "malgen fracture":

Double fracture of the anterior half ring
Tear fracture of the anterior lower bone
A unilateral fracture of the pubic and ischium in the front and ilium behind
Acetabular fracture
Ileal wing fracture
31. In case of traumatic rupture of the pubic joint in a hospital, it is advisable apply the following patient
styling:
Squeeze and raise the pelvis using a hammock mounted on a balkan frame
The position of the "frog" on the horizontal plane
Skeletal traction for both lower limbs on a horizontal plane
Does not require special styling
32. The symptom of the "back step" is characteristic:

For fracture of the ilium wing
To break the symphysis
For rupture of the sacroiliac joint
For fracture of the horizontal branch of the pubic bone
For separation of the anterior superior spine
33. Skeletal traction beyond the proximal tibia metaphysis shown:

With a unilateral fracture of the anterior and posterior half rings, accompanied by displacement of half of the pelvis
With a fracture of the anterior half ring with displacement
In case of marginal fractures with displacement
With fractures of the posterior half ring with displacement
34. In case of polytrauma resulting from road traffic incidents in children prevail:
Traumatic brain injury
Traumatic brain injury, damage to internal organs and lower extremities
Damage to the pelvis and upper limbs
Damage to the upper and lower extremities
Damage to the upper and lower extremities
35. For a patient with a fracture of the spine and pelvic bones during transportation optimal position is:
On the shield, on the back in compliance with the "safety axis": head - chest - pelvis - limbs on the same level
On the side, on a stretcher
On a stretcher in the "frog" position
On the shield, on the stomach
Does not matter
36. The optimal treatment tactics for traumatic skin detachment on significant area is:
Conservative treatment: cold, ointment dressings, etc.
Pocket drainage with passive aspiration of fluid
Suturing the wound surface
Cutting off the flap followed by plastic surgery of the defect according to krasovitov
Skin plastic with local tissues
37. An optimal method for treating a femoral fracture with a leading damage to the chest - the abdomen
involves the use of:
Apparatus of volkov - hovhannisyan
Ilizarov apparatus
The core apparatus skid-1 and its modifications
Skeletal traction
38. Absolute indication for compression-distraction Osteosynthesis in a fracture of a limb combined with a
traumatic brain injury:
Open metadiaphyseal fracture of a large segment of the limbs with displacement
Closed metadiaphyseal fracture of a large segment with limbs with displacement
Intraarticular fracture in the area of a large joint
Closed fracture of bones of two forearms
Closed transverse fracture of 2 leg bones
39. Congenital torticollis should include:

To myogenic deformation
To desmogenic deformation
To neurogenic deformation
To dermo-desmogenic deformation
To constitutional deformation
40. Etiopathogenesis of congenital muscle torticollis:

Malformation of the sternocleidomastoid muscle
Birth injury
Incorrect position of the fetus
Ischemia of the heart
41. Signs of congenital muscle torticollis are detected:

In the first 3-5 days after birth
10-14 days after birth
At the age of one month
At 3 months of age
Clinical symptoms are not expressed up to a year
42. Conservative treatment of torticollis should begin:

From the moment of birth
From 2 weeks of age
From 2-5 months
From 0.5-1 years
After 1 year
43. Surgical treatment of torticollis with conservative inefficiency shown:

Up to 5 months
Up to 1 year
Up to 2 years
Up to 3 years
In 3-4 years
44. Absolute indications for surgical treatment of torticollis are:

Increasing asymmetry of the face and neck
Visual impairment
Strobism converging and diverging
Impaired posture and vision
45. A leading factor in the development of congenital spinal deformity is an:
Fusion or bifurcation of the ribs
Anomaly of the development of the shoulder blades and sacrum
Isolated fusion of vertebral bodies
Increase or decrease in the number of vertebrae
All of the following
46. The absolute indication for the surgical treatment of radio-lunar synostosis is an:
No absolute readings
Pronounced pronation or supination installation of the forearm
Radial oblique
Ulnar squint
Violation of the function of the elbow joint
47. Surgical treatment of congenital obliquity (osteoplastic bone defect replacement) should be performed:
In the first months of life
Up to 3 years
In 3-5 years
In 5-7 years
In 10-12 years
48. Madelung deformation is:

Chronic subluxation of the hand
Radial oblique
Ulnar squint
Shortening the bones of the forearm
Flexion contracture
49. Pathological installation of the foot with congenital clubfoot is composed of:
From adduction, supination and plantar flexion
From abduction, supination and plantar flexion
From reduction, pronation and back flexion
Abduction, pronation and fixation of the foot in the middle position
Equine foot installation
50. The most reliable sign of congenital dislocation of the hip in the newborn is:
Restriction of abduction of the hips
A symptom of marx - ortolani (slipping)
Shortening of the leg
Asymmetry of the leg folds
External rotation of the leg
All of the above
51. To begin conservative treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip should:

During the neonatal period
In the first six months of life
Up to 1 year
Up to 2 years
52. Time-invasive pain contracture of the adductors during treatment congenital dislocation with the help of
the VILENSKY tire can lead to:
To aseptic necrosis of the femoral head
To shock
To rupture of the capsule
To twisting the thigh
To the violation of blood circulation in the feet
53. Typical clinical symptoms in congenital absence

The distal fibula is:
Limb curvature
Lack of fingers
Curvature of the limb, equino-valgus foot
Shortening, thickening and curvature of the tibia, lack of external ankles, equinus, or valgus of a viciously developed
foot
54. Treatment of flat valgus foot includes:

Step plaster casts
Longyts from polevik exercise therapy, massage, electrical stimulation of muscles
Exercise therapy, massage
Treatment does not require
55. When diagnosing scoliosis, an early reliable sign is:

Torsion of the vertebrae
Muscle weakness
The asymmetry of the level of the location of the blades
The difference of the triangles of the waist
Round back
56. Achondroplasia is:

A systemic lesion of the skeleton associated with a malformation of chondroblastic system, an abnormality of the
development and growth of cartilage
The effects of intrauterine syphilis
The consequences of intrauterine rickets
Neuroendocrine disease
Increased pressure of amniotic fluid
57. Blount's disease is:

A perversion of the development of sprouting cartilage (dysplasia) with loosening of the medial part epiphyseal plate,
with its subsequent ossification, with proximal lesion
Tibial epiphysis
The effect of osteomyelitis of the tibia
Rickets-like disease
Dysplasia of the sprouting cartilage of the upper end of the tibia
Osteochondropathy of the femoral head
58. The cause of Madelung's disease is:

Dysplasia of the distal growth zone of the radius
Tumor
Osteomyelitis of the femur
Injury
Dysplasia of the growth cartilage of the ulna
59. Etiology of multiple epiphyseal chondroplasia fairbank disease:

Defect in the center of ossification of the pineal gland (congenital origin)
Malnutrition of the pineal gland
Neuroendocrine pathology, growth hormone deficiency
The consequence of rheumatoid arthritis
Malformation of the zone of the pineal gland
60. X-ray picture of multiple epiphyseal chondroplasia characterized by:

The late appearance of ossification nuclei, merging together at different times and varying in shape and density
Premature opening of shoots of zones
The absence of phenomena of deforming arthrosis
Lack of limb shortening
The absence of ossification nuclei in the pineal glands
61. Spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia due to:

A violation of the development of the pineal gland, including the pineal gland of the vertebrae
A systemic violation of the development of muscle tissue
An abnormality in the development of the kidneys
Violation of the processes of ossification
Neuroendocrine disorders
62. Treatment of bone cysts:

Only radiation therapy
Only puncture
Only operational (alloplasty)
Surgical with unsuccessful conservative treatment
Only chemotherapy
63. Bone fibroma refers to:

To a benign tumor of osteogenic origin
To a benign tumor of non-osteogenic origin
To chondrodysplasia
To osteodysplasia
To atypical osteomyelitis
TOPIC 7 COMBINED RADIATION DAMAGE
1. Combined radiation damage is called:

A fracture received by a victim with an extensive radiation ulcer with a lesion bones
Thermal burn received by a firefighter who was exposed
Ionizing radiation during fire extinguishing at the 4th block chernobyl npp
A pathological fracture resulting from radiation osteomyelitis, complicated bone tumor x-ray
A radiation burn of the fourth degree of the outer surface of the thigh, which arose during an accident contact when
wearing a radioactive ampoule in your pants pocket
The serious condition of the victim who had multiple fractures of the limbs and subjected to numerous radiographic
studies
2. When a combination of radiation sickness and extensive burn occurs:

The usual severe course of a burn disease
Arithmetic summation of the severity of the course of radiation sickness and burn
An easier course of radiation and burn diseases
Mutual burden of burn and radiation sickness
The formation of a new disease - a new quality
3. With a combination of an open hip fracture and severe radiation sickness during the first week, the clinic
prevails:
Radiation sickness in the period of primary reactions
Open hip fracture
The height of severe radiation sickness
Sepsis
Imaginary well-being
4. Direct surgical treatment and osteosynthesis of an open hip fracture, proceeding against the background
of radiation sickness, it is preferable to carry out:
During the period of primary reactions
In the latent (incubation) period
In the remote period
5. The average conditionally lethal dose for a person (the so-called l / d - 50/30, i.e. Lethal dose, when 50% of
untreated people die within 30 days) Is:
2 gy
3 gy
4 gy
5 gy
6 gy
6. In the classification of radiation sickness, all the following stages are distinguished, except:
Easy
Average
Light heavy
Severe
Lightning fast
7. During radiation sickness, all the listed periods are distinguished, for exception:
Primary reactions
Belated reactions
Heat
Recovery, convalescence
8. Lightning-fast form of radiation sickness caused by general dose exposure more:

2 gy
5 gy
7 gy
9 gy
15 gy
9. Diagnosis of chronic radiation sickness is built mainly:

On the vivid clinical symptoms
On echo-encephaloscopy of the brain
Ultrasound of the liver, spleen and kidneys
On a morphological blood test
10. Treatment of radiation sickness in the period of primary reactions consists of:
In the massive administration of antibiotics
In transfusion of blood and its preparations
In stopping vomiting, collapse, headache, withdrawal
In bone marrow transplant
In the intravenous administration of 20% alcohol with glucose
11. For surgeons performing primary surgical treatment of wounds people exposed to large doses of external
penetrating Ionizing radiation, this hazard work:
Does not represent, even under normal operating conditions
Represents, if they do not have special clothes
It doesn’t represent if they change operating linen several times during operation and latex gloves
Does not represent, if after completion of work they will be subjected to decontamination
Does not represent if surgeons have previously received medical protection
12. Forecast of the victim with compression of soft tissues flowing in the background radiation sickness,
does not depend on:
From the time (exposure) of the compression
From the area of compression
From the dose of ionizing effect
From localization of compression
From weather conditions
13. For radiation burns of the first degree, all of the above is characteristic, except:
Incubation period of 24 days
Damage to the epidermis
The occurrence of bubbles
Hair removal
The occurrence of skin peeling
14. The diagnosis of radiation ulcer is based on:

History
Incubation period
The state of tissues of the resulting wound, after opening the bladder
The presence of telangiectasia in the area surrounding the wound of the skin
All of the above
15. Indications for surgical treatment of radiation burns are all listed except:
Early radiation ulcer
Late radiation ulcer
Radiation osteomyelitis
Profuse purulent discharge from a radiation ulcer
Persistent induction soft tissue edema
16. Decontamination - treatment of victims infected with radioactive substance produced:

At the site of the lesion
During transportation to the pko
At the pko, special decontamination points
In the countryside
In special hospitals in the countryside
17. In the treatment of the high stage of combined radiation damage the usual dosage of immune
preparations should be:
Reduced
Canceled
Left in normal dosages
Increased
Fundamentally changed
18. In a suburban area of mspo in a hospital base, a victim with combined radiation damage - fracture of the
leg bones, current
Against the background of moderate radiation sickness, he will receive treatment:
In the head hospital
In the hospital of the thoraco-abdominal
In a trauma hospital
In a therapeutic hospital
In a neurosurgical hospital
19. A feature of the primary surgical treatment of soft tissue wounds, Current against the background of
radiation sickness carried out in its latent period, unlike conventional processing is:
Thorough treatment of the skin around the wound
Excision of the edge of the skin wound with a scalpel
Excision of non-viable edges of the wounds of the muscles with scissors
Thorough, at the level of small veins and arteries, hemostasis with ligation of blood vessels
Closure of the wound with local tissues or through various plastic techniques
20. Autoplastic closure of burn injuries in a patient with radiation moderate disease is produced in the period:
Primary reactions
High
Recovery (convalescence)
Long-term consequences
21. The most common outcome of light burns occurring on the background of radiation the disease is:
The formation of cicatricial contractures of large joints
The formation of ulcers at the burn site
The formation of keloid scars in the area of burns
Trophic skin disorders in the area of former burns
Healing without visible changes
22. Before decontamination of the body of a victim contaminated with radioactive substance and soft tissue
wound, this wound is most rational:
Leave open
Close with a waterproof dressing
Drain
To sew up stitches for subsequent excision within healthy tissues
Close with a cotton-gauze dressing
23. Restoration of affected organs and tissues with combined radiation damage begins:
During convalescence
In the latent period of combined radiation damage
Begins only with intensive and rational treatment
Immediately after the end of exposure to ionizing radiation
At the end of the heat-up period of the combined radiation damage
24. As a result of the chernobyl accident, they were exposed to radioactive iodine following contingents:
All liquidators of the accident
Liquidators and the population who were in the zone of radioactive contamination in the first two months after the
accident
The liquidators of 1987-1990.
Children born in the zone of radioactive contamination after 1987
25. Clinical symptom of the earliest occurring in acute radiation the disease is:
Nausea and vomiting
Leukopenia
Skin erythema
Hair loss
Loose stool
26. The main principle of choosing a sanatorium for the treatment of emergency responders and population
living in accident zones:
Referral to sanatoriums specializing in the treatment of radiation pathology
Referral for treatment in connection with existing somatic diseases
Do not send to the sanatorium in the summer
Do not send to the sanatorium if the dose received exceeds acceptable levels
27. The modern classification of radiation burns highlights all of the above degrees other than:
Radiation burn of i degree
Radiation burn of the ii degree
Radiation burn of the iii degree
Radiation burn of the iv degree
The effects of radiation burn
28. The threshold dose for the development of acute radiation sickness is:
0.5 gy
1 gy
2 gy
3 gy
4 gy
29. Prescription of drugs that accelerate elimination Radionuclides from the body, shown:
Persons living in areas with a cesium contamination level of more than 40 ku / km 2
Persons containing in the body activity of a more permissible content according to the norms radiation safety
Children living in contaminated areas
Pregnant women living in contaminated areas
30. Unit of absorbed dose:

Gray
Sievert
X-ray
Curie
Rem
31. Lymphopenia detected in a patient during the first day is due to:
Local external irradiation of the limb
The intake of radionuclides
External body irradiation in a dose of less than 0.5 gy
External irradiation of the body at a dose of more than 1 gy
Non-radiation related disease
32. Abortion may be recommended for medical reasons. Exposed woman in the following case:
When the absorbed dose to the fetus is more than 0.10 gy
When irradiated in a dose exceeding the permissible level according to the radiation standards safety
33. The severity of radiation damage is determined by:

The content of radionuclides at the site of exposure
The number of "hot" particles in the lungs
The amount of radionuclides in the body
The degree of inhibition of hematopoiesis
34. The following malignant neoplasms, the most likely for persons exposed as a result of the chernobyl
accident:
Cancer of the stomach
Lung cancer
Leukemia
Thyroid cancer
Breast cancer
TOPIC 8 HAND SURGERY
1. Dislocation of which wrist bone is often accompanied by a limited protrusion on the palmar surface of the
wrist, retraction - on the back and passive flexion fingers?
Scaphoid
Pea-shaped
Lunar
Small polygonal
Large polygonal
2. For which of the listed bones of the wrist are the conditions for its fusion are fractures most adverse?
For hook
For capitate
For large polygonal
For pea-shaped
For scaphoid
3. Damage to which tendon of the hand is accompanied by passive flexion the nail phalanx and the extension
of the middle phalanx?
Rupture of the deep flexor II-V phalanx
Detachment of the extensor extensor tendon
Separation of the long flexor of the thumb
Separation of the tendons of the vermiform muscle
Tendons of the long palmar muscle
4. Bennett fracture is called:

Fracture of the ulnar margin of the base of the i metacarpal
Fracture of the body of the ii metacarpal bone
Fracture of the radial edge of the base of the iii metacarpal bone
Fracture of the nail phalanx
Fracture of the middle phalanx of the first finger
5. In case of fractures of the metacarpal bones, disability is restored in:

After 3-4 weeks
After 5-6 weeks
After 7-8 weeks
After 9-10 weeks
Over 10 weeks
6. Deformation of the distal end during fracture of the beam in a typical location:
Has a bayonet shape
Has a shape with a pronounced angle open to the rear
Has a shape with a pronounced angle open on the palm surface
Deformation is not characteristic
Has a pronounced shortening of the forearm
7. To control the possibility of secondary displacement of fragments in a plaster cast in case of a fracture of
the beam in a typical place, control radiographs are advisable do on time:
After 2-3 days
In 3-5 days
In 7-10 days
In 12-14 days
In a month or more
8. Triceps muscle is innervated:

The median nerve
The ulnar nerve
The radial nerve
Axillary nerve
9. The long nerves of the brachial plexus include:
Musculocutaneous, radial nerves
Ulnar, median nerves
Cutaneous nerves of the shoulder and forearm
All of the above
10. In the musculoskeletal canal passes

Axillary nerve, artery and vein
Radial nerve, deep artery of the shoulder, veins of the same name
The median nerve, collateral radial artery and the same veins
11. The median nerve is formed:

From the medial bundle of the brachial plexus
The medial and lateral bundle of the brachial plexus
The lateral and posterior bundle of the brachial plexus
The posterior and medial bundle of the brachial plexus
12. The radial nerve departs from the bundle of the brachial plexus:
Rear
Lateral
Medial
Back and side
13. The ulnar nerve departs from the bundle of the brachial plexus:
Medial
Rear
Lateral
14. Drainage of the pirogov space is carried out from the accesses:
Radiation
Elbow
Beam and elbow
Strictly between the projections of the radial and ulnar bones
15. On the palmar side of the forearm is:

One neurovascular bundle
Two neurovascular bundles
Three neurovascular bundles
Four neurovascular bundles
Five neurovascular bundles
16. On the palm side of the hand there are fascial lodges:
Median, internal and external
Median, front and back
Median, superficial and deep
External, median, internal and deep
17. With a complete break of the ulnar nerve in the shoulder region, the following is noted:
Loss of function of the small muscles of the hand
Extension of the main phalanges of the III-V fingers
Bending of the middle and terminal phalanges of the III, IV, V fingers and adduction of the v finger
Dry skin, sweating disorder, skin cooling, cyanosis
All of the above
18. With a complete interruption of the median nerve:

Bending of the hand, I, II and partially III fingers is lost, sensitivity drops out on the palmar surface of the I, II and III
fingers and half of the fourth finger
On the back surface of the terminal phalanges of the II, III and IV fingers, skin sensitivity. Trophic disorders of the skin.
Atrophy of the anterior muscles
Surface of the forearm and elevation of the thumb, anesthesia of the skin of the hand
The flexion of the II finger and the terminal phalanx of the I finger, palmar flexion of the hand thumb, anesthesia of the
skin of the hand
19. When damage to the radial nerve is noted:

"hanging brush"
"clawed paw"
Monkey paw
Flexion contracture of the I, II and III fingers and extensor contracture of IV and V fingers
20. The average period of temporary incapacity for work of the victim who received a radius fracture in a
"typical place" with displacement of fragments is equal to:
2 weeks
4 weeks
5-6 weeks
7-8 weeks
8-10 weeks
21. Of the listed types of anesthesia during operations on the hand and fingers
It is irrational to use:
Local anesthesia
Novocaine blockade of the brachial plexus
Intraosseous novocaine blockade with tourniquet
22. Damage to peripheral nerves is possible by all of the above mechanisms, except:
Direct strike
Twisting
Compression
Traction
Fire damage
23. In a direct hit, all of the listed peripheral damage is possible nerves, except:
Bruised nerve
Nerve concussion
Nerve compression
Separation of the nerve at the level of the roots of the spinal cord
Nerve rupture
24. For the diagnosis of damage to peripheral nerves in the early stages of great importance are all the data
listed, except:
History
The location of the wound
Sensitivity disorders
Tendon and periosteal reflexes
Motor disorders
25. With damage to the peripheral nerve, motor disorders manifest:

Muscle hypertonicity above the level of injury
Flaccid paralysis below the level of injury
Convulsive muscle contraction below the level of injury
Increased tendon and periosteal reflexes below the level of injury
Intermittent hyper- and hypotonic muscles below the level of injury
26. In case of damage to the peripheral nerve, all of the following are possible sensitivity disorders, except:
Anesthesia
Hypersthesia
Apraxia
Hyperpathy
Paresthesia
27. The motor function of the ulnar nerve consists in performing all listed actions, excluding:
Palmar flexion of the hand
Bending of iv-v fingers
Bringing the thumb
Bringing and breeding fingers
Flexion of the median phalanges of the ii and iii fingers
28. When the ulnar nerve is damaged, the hand takes the form:
"monkey" brush
"claw-shaped" brush
"hanging" brush
"obstetric" brush
29. When injured by a cutting tool, the most frequently combined damage nerve and blood vessel takes place
in the area of:
Shoulder
Forearm
Hips
Shins
Ankle joint
30. The term "neurolysis" means:

The allocation of a nerve from the epineural membrane
The allocation of a nerve from surrounding tissues and scars
The allocation of a nerve from surrounding tissues and scars with excision of the degenerate part without nerve
stitching
31. The following types of operations on the peripheral nerve of the trunk are distinguished:
Primary
Delayed early
Delayed late
32. Indications for intra-barrel neurolysis on the upper limb are:

Large scars compressing the nerve trunk
Cicatricial degeneration of the epineuria
Scars inside the nerve trunk
Lateral neuroma
Neurogenic deformity of the hand
33. The application of the primary suture of the nerve is allowed:

With a sufficiently clean wound or a stab wound that can be sutured, close tightly
With the stability of hemodynamic parameters within 4 hours in a patient, out of a state of traumatic shock
Damage to the nerve with a sharp object without focal reproduction and intra-trunk hemorrhage
34. Nerve suture consists of the mandatory implementation of all of the above manipulations, except:
Nerve isolation, examination for the final choice of the method of intervention
Mobilization of the ends of the nerve
Resection of damaged nerve sites
Creating a coupling along this perimeter of the nerve suture from the muscle or vein with the aim of delimitation from
arising scars
Epineural sutures
35. The nerve suture technique consists of the following elements:

Mandatory transverse intersection of the ends of the nerve with a razor
The imposition of two guide sutures from the lateral and medial surface of the nerve
The convergence of the ends of the nerve closely, but without bending the bundles
36. To approach the ends of the interrupted nerve with large diastases recommended by:
Maximum flexion in the joints in order to reduce nerve tension
Mobilization of the central and peripheral segment of the nerve at a significant throughout
Bone resection to shorten the limb
Cross connection of opposite nerves
There is no correct answer

37. Circular vascular suture is applied:
When stitching the artery end-to-end
When stitching the artery end-to-side
When stitching veins end-to-end
With all of the above methods
38. When the main artery is expanded, the defect can be closed due to:
Autovenous graft
The saved lateral branch of the proximal fragment
Silicone tube
Allograft
39. For the prevention of thrombosis in the area of the vascular suture, it is prescribed:
Direct action anticoagulants
Reopoliglyukin
Antispasmodics
Indirect anticoagulants
All of the above
40. Damage to the radial nerve during a fracture in the lower third of the shoulder causes all listed except:
Sensitivity disorders in 4 and 5 fingers
Drooping of the hand and the impossibility of actively extending it and the main phalanx of the fingers
Decreased sensitivity on the radial side of the hand
Decreased sensitivity on the extensor part of the forearm
41. Gueter's triangle is defined in position:

Full extension of the forearm
Partial extension in the elbow joint
With a bent forearm at an angle of 40 °
With pronated forearm
42. On the development of VOLKMAN contracture after applying a plaster cast can cite all of the above
except: increase inedloecmaal limb temperature
The total pressure of the dressing
Pressure bandages or bone fragments on the great vessels
43. Volkman contracture may occur:

With bruised limbs
With compression of the limb
With thrombosis, embolism of the great vessels
With partial or complete damage to the brachial artery
44. When a fracture of the radial head is sharply limited:

Flexion of the forearm
Extension of the forearm
Rotation of the forearm
All the listed types of movement
45. For an isolated fracture of the radius or ulna, it is more characteristic:

Oblique line of fracture
Transverse fracture line
Helical fracture line
The longitudinal line of fracture
46. In the case of the Montagi flexion type of damage, the beam head dislocates:
Forward
Back
Inside
Out
47. Damage to Galiazzi is:

Isolated fracture of the ulna
Isolated fracture of the radius
Fracture of the ulna and dislocation of the radial head
Fracture of the radius and dislocation of the ulnar head
48. The radio-ulnar angle is normally equal to:

5°
10 °
20 °
30 °
40 °
49. Contraindication to the application of the primary tendon suture deep finger flexor tendon is all of the
following, except:
The presence of obvious signs of acute inflammation in the wound on the finger
The presence of severe combined damage to the internal organs of the victim
Multiple fractures of the bones of the hand and fingers requiring special treatment
Scalped skin wounds of the hand and fingers, requiring plastic recovery
The presence of damage to the tendons of several fingers
50. Most often from the bones of the wrist breaks:

Scaphoid
Trihedral bone
Lunar bone
Hook bone
Large polygonal bone
51. Dislocation is most often accompanied by:

Intraarticular fracture of the distal metacarpal head
Bennett type fracture - the base of the 1st metacarpal bone
Periarticular fracture of the distal 5th metacarpal bone
Periarticular fracture of the proximal 5th metacarpal bone
Fracture of the diaphysis of the 5th metacarpal bone
52. When fractures of the metacarpal bones with displacement of fragments are not observed:
Changes in the axis of the metacarpal bone angle open to the palm
Shortening of the metacarpal bone
Hyperextension in the metacarpophalangeal joints
Hyperflexion in the interphalangeal joints
Abductions of the 1st finger
53. When Bennett fractures:

There is a dislocation of the main phalanx
The distal fragment of the I metacarpal bone is displaced proximal, and the proximal stays in place
The proximal fragment dislocates a large polygonal bone
I metacarpal bone is deformed in the form of a “hook” and is displaced with respect to polygonal bone
The proximal fragment is displaced proximally, dragging along a polygonal bone is also proximal
54. Bennet fracture, an unstable fracture that tends to shift in plaster cast after repeated amputation and
traction. Therefore, you should immediately:
Apply stable skeletal traction and plaster cast
Skillfully repair and fix the fracture percutaneously with a knitting needle
Perform a closed reposition of the fracture and fix it with two knitting needles,
Passing through the base of the i metacarpal bone and its lower third to the ii metacarpal bone
Apply open reposition and internal fixation
None of the above methods is effective
55. The best option for the position of the finger of a brush, fixed in a cast, after a successful reposition of a
fracture of the middle or main phalanx of the fingers will be:
Position of maximum bending
The position of the maximum extension
The average physiological position
The position of the "writing pen"
The position of the bend of the nail phalanx at an angle of 90°
56. The cause of Madelung's disease is:

Dysplasia of the distal growth zone of the radius
Tumor
Osteomyelitis of the femur
Injury
Dysplasia of the growth cartilage of the ulna
TOPIC 9: REHABILITATION OF TRAUMATOLOGICAL AND ORTHOPEDIC PATIENTS
1. The basic principles of the rehabilitation of patients and persons with disabilities include all listed except:
Medical rehabilitation
Social and domestic rehabilitation
Vocational rehabilitation
Legal rehabilitation
2. Means of medical rehabilitation may include:

Physiotherapy exercise
Mechanotherapy and occupational therapy
Manual therapy
Manual and mechanical massage (underwater, vibration, pneumatic shock, acupressure)
All of the above
3. In a patient during the period of immobilization with a plaster cast or skeletal traction recommended
isometric muscle tension (no change muscle lengths and without movements in the joints). This contributes
to:
Improve blood circulation segment
Maintaining muscle tone
Training of muscle feeling
Improving the consolidation of fragments after fracture
All of the above
4. Training in walking skills and training in walking is facilitated by:

Push the forefoot at the end of the support phase
Leg transfer
Forward shank extension
Support on the heel, roll of the foot
All of the above
5. The following steps in the training of walking can be all of the above moments other than:
Walking with support with your hands on a fixed installation (parallel handrails and one handrail)
Walking with support with hands on the device moved by the patient (wheelchair, playpen, sled)
Walking with alternating support of the hands on the device endured by the patient simultaneously with the step of the
left and right legs (tragus, tripod, canes)
Preliminary swaying of the body
Preliminary development and the patient's stability, balance, correct body position with and without visual control gain,
focusing on muscle feeling
6. Indication for the appointment of mechanotherapy (on a pendulum device) are:

Persistent contracture on the basis of cicatricial processes
Contractures of paralytic origin
Contracture in the later stages after injury, prolonged immobilization
Contracture after arthritis
All of the above
7. Occupational therapy for deformities and consequences of upper limb injuries gives good results with all
of the above, except:
Restoration of impaired functions of the motor apparatus through labor
Adaptation (adaptation) to work with persistent deformations
Vocational guidance and retraining of patients
Intense general strengthening effect on the whole organism
The use of occupational therapy in acute injury
8. In case of damage to the elbow joint, all of the following apply physical exercises, except:
Massage and intensive heat treatment, carrying cargo on an outstretched arm
Lightweight movements with support of the hand on a smooth surface
Lightweight movements on a roller trolley, alternating with passive movements
Special laying on the table in the position of extreme extension and flexion in the elbow joint after physiotherapy
9. When the pubic joint ruptures and fractures of the anterior pelvic ring medical gymnastics in the second
period includes all of the above, except:
Exercises for both legs
Isometric muscle tension of the legs, pelvis, torso
Exercises lying on his stomach
Breathing exercises
Exercises lying on your back and side
10. Rehabilitation measures for osteochondrosis include:

Unloading position for the spine and traction
Back massage
Balneophysiotherapy
All of the above
11. Contraindications to traction with a load in patients with osteochondrosis the spine are:
Deforming spondylosis, osteoporosis of the vertebrae
Gross congenital anomalies of the spine
Organic diseases of the heart and blood vessels
Paresis and paralysis
All of the above
12. Clinical and physiological justification for the use of exercise therapy for scoliosis include all of the
above, except:
Violations of the functions of external respiration, the cardiovascular system
Digestive disorders
Spinal deformities
Chest deformities
Muscle weakness
13. The goals and objectives of therapeutic exercises for scoliosis include:
Corrective effect on spinal deformity
Corrective effect on the chest
Stabilizing effect on the spine
Education of correct posture
All of the above
14. The starting points for unloading the spine may be:
Sitting on a chair
Lying on your back and stomach
Standing on all fours
Standing
15. The functional corset for scoliosis aims to:

Spinal traction
Unloading the spine
Increase the stability of the spine and keeping it in the correct position
Increased mobility of the spine
16. In the treatment of injury during the period of immobilization, all are used listed forms of exercise therapy,
with the exception of:
Medical gymnastics
Physical exercises on assignment
Therapeutic exercises in water
Learning motor skills of a domestic nature
All of the above is true
17. Exercise for acute injury warns:

The development of muscle atrophy and joint stiffness
Thromboembolic complications
Aging of the body
A significant decrease in physical performance
18. The objectives of exercise therapy in acute injury during the period of immobilization are:
Increase the vitality of the patient
Counteraction to hypotrophy of the neuromuscular apparatus, improvement of function internal organs
Preparation for the development of the function of movement in the immobilization section
Learning to change the position of the body and limbs in conditions favorable to restore broken functions
All of the above
19. General contraindications for the use of exercise therapy in acute injury relate:
Severe condition of the patient and high body temperature
Extrasystole
Bleeding
Intestinal atony
20. The tasks of exercise therapy in acute injury in the post-immobilization period are:
Strengthening hypotrophic muscles, restoration of movements in full
Bone marrow formation
Training the vestibular apparatus
Increase physical performance and preparation for work
21. In the rehabilitation treatment of injuries, the following methodologies are used. Tricks:
Muscle relaxation of the injured area
Limb weight relief
The use of sliding surfaces for movements
Special styling after classes
All of the above
22. The objectives of exercise therapy for compression fractures of the spine are all listed, excluding:
Spinal traction
Stimulation of the functions of internal organs
Axial load on the spine
Reclamation
The prevention of trophic disorders
23. With severe weakness of the musculo-ligamentous apparatus in scoliosis all the listed types of exercises
are contraindicated, except for exercises:
To increase the stability of the spine
To increase spinal mobility
Sprain
To increase the flexibility of the spine
To increase static loads
24. For exercises that increase spinal mobility, all of the following apply, excluding:
Dynamic
To stretch the spine
Exercises performed on an inclined plane
Performing exercises with a large amplitude
Static exercises
25. The health and hygiene value of swimming with scoliosis consists of:
In strengthening skeletal muscles
In unloading the spine
In increasing chest mobility, improving cardiovascular function and respiratory systems
In improving thermoregulation, hardening of the body
In all of the above
26. Indications for the appointment of exercise therapy for violation of posture are:
Weakness of the muscles of the trunk and limbs
Deformation and restriction of mobility of the chest
The presence of flat feet
Asymmetric arrangement of the corners of the blades
All of the above
27. For muscle groups in need of predominant strengthening with flat feet include all of the following, except:
Flexors of the toes
Extensors of the toes
Flexors of the feet
Extensor feet
Adductors of the thigh
28. Indications for the appointment of exercise therapy for flat feet are:
Congenital or acquired flat feet
Overweight
Professions associated with prolonged standing
Weakness of the muscles supporting the arch of the foot
All of the above
29. When stretching the ligament apparatus g / s of the joint from the first days of the disease appoint:
Paraffin bath
Diadynamic and interference currents
Electric power
UFO in erythema dose
30. In post-traumatic bursitis of the right knee joint in the acute period on the 3rd day of injury, the
appointment is possible:
UHF electric field
Sulfide baths
Mud applications
Underwater massage shower
31. With congenital crankshaft from the 2nd week of a child's life, you can assign:
Microwave electromagnetic field (460 mhz)
Short-wave ultraviolet radiation
Ultrasound and ozokerite applications
Aeroinotherapy
All of the above
32. With osteochondropathy of the femur i degree for the purpose of decongestant and anti-inflammatory
action is used:
Diadynamic currents
UHF electric field and microwave electromagnetic field (2375 mhz)
Franklinization
Electric sleep
All of the above
33. When sprained ankles 2-3 hours after injury apply:

UHF electric field
Laser
Cold
Warm baths and diadynamic currents
34. When stretching the ligaments of the ankle joint on the 6th day, apply:
Interference currents
Current overtonal frequency
Darsonvalization
Sinusoidal modulated currents
35. For development after fractures of the fingers, all of the above apply, besides:
Underwater massage shower
Ultrasound
Galvanization
Iodine electrophoresis
Vibration therapy
36. For erysipelas, the following is indicated:

Ultraviolet irradiation in supererythemic doses
Suberythemic doses of ultraviolet frequency
Darsonvalization
Ultrasound
37. In case of frostbite of the iii degree in the early stages to improve blood circulation it is advisable to
assign:
UHF electric field
Alternating magnetic field
Ultraviolet irradiation segmental
Mineral baths
38. With III-IV degree of frostbite after surgical treatment, apply:

Microwave electromagnetic field (460 mhz)
Paraffin baths
Laser therapy
Current overtonal frequency
All of the above is true
39. Elderly patients with bedsores are contraindicated in the use of:
UHF electric field
UFO of segmental zones
Inductothermy
Aeroinotherapy
TOPIC 10: DAMAGE TO THE PROXIMAL FEMUR
1. Complications in the treatment of hip fractures are:

Nonunion of fragments
False joints
The development of contractures in the hip joint
2. Movements in the hip joint are possible in the following planes:

Frontal
Sagittal
Vertical
Horizontal
3. Flexion and extension of the lower limb occurs around:

Frontal axis
Sagittal axis
Vertical axis
Horizontal axis
4. Abduction and adduction of the lower limb occurs around:

Frontal axis
The sagittal axis
Vertical axis
Horizontal axis
5. Rotation of the joint in and out occurs around:

Frontal axis
Sagittal axis
Vertical axis
Horizontal axis
6. Cervical diaphyseal angle - is normal:

150 ° -160 °
137 ° -145 °
127 ° -135 °
110 ° -115 °
7. Medial femoral neck fractures include:

Subcapital
Basal
Transcervical
Subtrochanteric, intertrochanteric, intertrochanteric
8. According to the classification of AO/ASIF, femoral neck fractures have worst forecast:
Type b1
Type b2
Type b3
9. The main reason for the slow and long fusion of the neck fracture hips:
Elderly patients
Osteoporosis
Concomitant diseases
The absence of periosteum on the femoral neck and a violation of blood supply in femur at the time of fracture
The difficulty of immobilization with a plaster cast
10. The absolute symptoms of a hip fracture are:

Pain in the groin
Limb shortening
Displacement of the greater trochanter above the roser-nelaton line
External rotation of the foot
Symptom of Girgolava
11. Additional study on spatial relationships in the hip joint are:

Computed tomography
Magnetic resonance imaging
Radionuclide diagnostics
Scintigraphy
12. The optimal tactics for the treatment of hip fractures is:
Skeletal traction
Derotation boot
Surgical treatment
13. Absolute indications for hip arthroplasty are:

Elderly patients
False joint
A fracture of the neck against the background of coxarthrosis
14. Osteosynthesis of the femoral neck is performed:

In the first 1-3 days
For 5-7 days
For 7-10 days
For 10-14 days
15. Projection in which x-ray control should be carried out after repositions:
Anteroposterior (direct)
Axial (lateral) projection
All of the above
16. Whether the guide is used for knitting needles during osteosynthesis:
Yes
No
17. To create interfragmental compression, you must:

The three screws should be parallel and their threaded parts should be in head behind the fracture line
Three screws should be parallel and their threaded parts should be in head, overlapping the fracture line.
Two screws should be parallel and their threaded parts should be in head behind the fracture line.
The screws should be at an angle to each other
18. Optimal wound drainage after osteosynthesis:

Vacuum drainage
Drainage half-tube graduate
Drainage from a rubber glove
Suturing the wound tightly
19. Treatment tactics in case of osteosynthesis inefficiency:

Removal of screws
Removal of screws followed by arthroplasty
Removal of screws, rheostosynthesis
Refusal of operation
20. Indications for osteosynthesis of femoral neck fractures are:

Young age of patients
Elderly patients
Late visit to the doctor
False joint
TOPIC 11: PELVIC BONE DAMAGE
1. Indicate a pelvic fracture with damage to the pelvic ring:

Fracture of the pubic bone on the right
Fracture of the pubic bones on both sides
Fracture of both sciatic bones
Fracture of the pubic and ischium on one side
Ileal wing fracture
2. What event should be carried out in the MPP in a wounded man with rupture of the urethra and overflowing
bladder?
Primary surgical treatment of a gunshot wound
Insertion of a permanent catheter
Suprapubic puncture of the bladder
Epicystostomy
Urethral plastic on a catheter
3. Pelvic fractures of the pelvic bones include:

Fracture of the pubis
Ischial fracture
Acetabular fracture
Fracture of the superior iliac spine
Fracture of the sacrum
4. What are the isolated fractures of the pelvis without violating its continuity:
Fracture of the iliac wing
Fracture of the pubic bone
Acetabular lip fracture
Fracture of the pubic and ischial bones on one side
Fracture of the pubic and ischial bones from different sides
5. What relates to fractures with damage to the posterior pelvic ring:

Rupture of the pubic joint
Rupture of the sacroiliac joint
Acetabular fracture
Tailbone fracture
Fracture of the ischial bones
6. Modern methods of treating pubic joint rupture:

Position according to volkovich
Treatment in a "hammock"
Skeletal traction
Surgical treatment
Functional treatment, exercise therapy
7. For what purpose the patient is on a skeletal traction system in postoperative period after osteosynthesis
of the acetabulum?
In order to eliminate bias
For the purpose of unloading the joint
To accelerate the time of fusion
For the relief of pain
For the prevention of neuritis
8. What is accompanied by a fracture of the bottom of the acetabulum?

Ischalgia
Central hip dislocation
Limb lengthening
Neuritis
9. How much blood loss is a fracture of the sacrum and iliac bones?
200 ml
500 ml
Up to 1500 ml
4000 ml
100 ml
10. The symptom of a “sticking heel” is characteristic of a fracture:

Iliac wings
Pubic and ischial bones
Tailbone fracture
Rupture of the pubic joint
11. What fractures does a symptom of l. I. Lozinsky or “back move"?

Separation of the anterior spine of the ilium
Ischial fracture
Tailbone fracture
12. What is a symptom of A. V. Gabaya?

Cannot bend the bent knee
Cannot stand straight
Patients spare the lower limb on the side of the pelvic damage, picking it up healthy foot
Cannot lie on your back
Cannot raise a leg up on the affected side
13. What is a symptom of Verneuil?

Pain when striking the heel
Pain during the act of defecation
Pain when breeding knee joints
Pain at the fracture site appears when the wings of the ilium are compressed
Pain at the fracture site appears when the wings of the ilium are diluted
14. What is a symptom of Larrey?

Pain when striking the heel
Pain during the act of defecation
Pain when breeding knee joints
Pain at the fracture site appears when the wings of the ilium are compressed
Pain at the fracture site appears when the wings of the ilium are diluted
15. In the provision of specialized care among pain management options in as an anti-shock measure for
pelvic fractures. Preferred is:
Drug anesthesia
Local anesthesia according to A. V. Vishnevsky
Anesthesia according to Shkolnikov-Selivanov-Tsodyks
16. For pelvic fractures with a violation of the continuity of the front and rear departments as anti-shock
measures it is advisable to use:
The position of Volkovich
Skeletal traction
The rod apparatus
Open reposition and internal stable osteosynthesis
Limit to intrapelvic blockade according to Shkolnikov-Selivanov
17. In case of fractures of the pelvic ring with a violation of its continuity adult skeletal traction impose:
For 2-3 weeks
For 5-6 weeks
For 7-8 weeks
For 9-10 weeks
18. Fusion of the ileum, pubic and ischium into a single pelvic bone occurs in postembryonic ontogenesis in
the region of its greatest load. This anatomical zone passes through:
Acetabulum
Ilium wing
Ischial tubercle
Branches of the pubic bone
19. Intra pelvic pain is usually used to anesthetize pelvic fractures anesthesia according to the method of
Shkolnikov-Selivanov:
5 cm above the anterior spine of the ilium
1 cm inwards from the anterior spine of the ilium
3 cm lower and 3 cm medial to the anterior iliac spine
20. With simultaneous fracture of the anterior and posterior half rings of the same name half of the pelvis in
combination with a hip fracture of the same side most. It is advisable to use the following methods of
conservative treatment:
Skeletal traction for the thigh and lower leg
Skeletal traction behind the iliac wing and thigh
Skeletal traction for the condyles of the thigh and the calcaneus
Skeletal traction by a distraction device using spokes with persistent platforms fixed in the frame device in the pelvic
area and traction behind condyles of the thigh
21. Pelvic fractures occur with all of the above mechanisms, besides:
Compression of the bones of the pelvis
Breeding pelvic bones
Direct impact on the pelvis
Twisting of the bones of the pelvis
Tear-off mechanism
22. Not accompanied by rupture of the pelvic ring:

Fracture of the bottom of the acetabulum
Rupture of the sacroiliac joint on one side
Rupture of the pubic joint and fracture of the ilium
Fracture of the pubic and ischial bones on one side
Rupture of the pubic joint and vertical fracture of the sacrum
23. Does not apply to acetabular injury:

Fracture of the bottom of the acetabulum
Fracture of the upper lip of the acetabulum
Fracture of the base of the pubic bone
The central subluxation of the thigh
Central dislocation of the femoral head
24. Combined fractures include:

Open fracture of the anterior pelvic
Acetabular fracture and thermal burn of the perineum and buttocks
Fracture of the pubic and sciatic bones with rupture of the bladder
Fracture of the pubic bone with rupture of the urethra
Ileal fracture and rupture of the small intestine
25. There are no signs of pelvic fractures:

A symptom of "sticking heel"
Volkovich’s symptom is the position of the “frog”
Symptom of Trendelenburg-lowering the lower gluteal fold on a healthy side of the pelvis when standing on a sore
limb
A symptom of Larrey pain when breeding the wings of the pelvis
Symptom of Verneuil pain with compression of the wings of the pelvis
26. In the treatment of patients with severe pelvic fractures apply:
Treatment and prevention of traumatic shock
Replenishment of blood lost during trauma
Early rise and activation of the victim - "functional treatment"
Reposition of displaced fragments of the pelvis
Prevention and treatment of complications
27. Most often, when fractures of the pelvic bones are damaged:
The prostate in men and the ovaries in women
The urethra, its prostatic part
The distal part of the urethra
Bladder
The vagina in women and the penis in men
28. Of the following symptoms indicating damage to the pelvic bodies are not basic:
Delay in self-urination
Blood at the peripheral opening of the urethra
The presence of blood in the urine
A symptom of a deficiency when filling the bladder with fluid and removing it
The presence of additional shadow in a contrast study of the bladder and urethra
29. The most mild complication of injury to the soft tissues of the pelvic area is:
Muscle failure (their contractility)
Damage to large vessels and related complications
Damage to large nerve trunks
The development of purulent infection
The development of anaerobic infection
30. In the primary surgical treatment of gunshot wounds of the pelvis should do:
Excision and dissection of damaged soft tissues
Stop bleeding, remove blood clots and foreign bodies
Plastic restoration of the damaged organ (bladder, direct intestines, uterus, vagina, etc.)
Osteosynthesis of broken pelvic bones
Thorough drainage of wounds
31. In what position is the victim immobilized with pelvic injuries?

On a soft stretcher
On a hard stretcher
On the shield
On a stretcher in the position according to Volkovich
On the side
32. From what period is exercise therapy prescribed with pelvic injuries (fracture of the pubic and sciatic
bones)?
After relief of pain
After 1 month
For 3 days
In a week
After 2 weeks
33. What osteosynthesis should be performed for a patient with a gunshot fracture pelvis?
Apply skeletal traction, then perform osteosynthesis as planned
Do not perform osteosynthesis
Put in an emergency order an external fixation device for the wings iliac bones
Percutaneous osteosynthesis with needles

Traumatology Orthopaedic EXAM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Traumatology Orthopaedic EXAM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Work of Balqis, Elissyakira, Katrina, Liu Nian Sheng, Syahmi, Fahim, Nazira,

Izzlin, Ili, Natasyah, Raihan, Hannani, Manushee, Lankanji and Lanka

5TH YEAR 9TH SEMESTER

Notes for moodle section:

CLASS 1 INTRODUCTION TO TRAUMATOLOGY AND ORTHOPEDICS, METHODS OF EXAMINATION OF

2. To characterize the fracture, use

3. Types of fractures, depending on the location of damages bone

4. Types of fractures by origin

5. Violation of bone integrity due to mechanical stress is called a fracture

6. Fracture is called complicated

7. To incomplete include fractures

8. The main mechanism for the development of helical fracture

9. The relative shortening of the limbs is determined with

10. Absolute sign of bone fracture

11. Fracture-only symptom

12. Symptom characteristic only for dislocation

13. Pathological dislocation is called

15. The main instrumental method of research in traumatology is

16. Traumatic disease is

19. Hospital treatment of fracture begins with

20. In case of a fracture, a plaster cast provides

21. If the fracture is not properly fused

CLASS 2 INJURY OF SHOULDER AND ARMS (>75%)

2. Indicate a reliable sign of fracture of fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus

3. Indicate intraarticular fractures of the proximal end of the humerus

5. What anatomical formation is the proximal shoulder metaphysis?

6. What is a fracture called if a distal fragment is inserted into the proximal?

9. Transport immobilization for fracture of the diaphysis of the humerus

10. Indicate of reliable radiological sign of a fracture of the humerus

16. What anatomical formation is in the proximal shoulder metaphysis

17. Indicate the location of the surgical neck of the shoulder

19. Indicate which dressing is used to treat shoulder fractures

20. Supracondylar extension fractures occur when falling on

TOPIC 3 INJURY OF FOREARM AND HAND (95%)

2. With a fracture of the radial head is sharply limited

3. Transport immobilization with cramer splint for fracture of the forearm

5. An external fracture of the radius in a typical place is

6. A fracture of the radius in a typical place like collis or smith is

8. Most often from the bones of the wrist breaks

9. In the treatment dislocations of the bones of the wrist is not used

10. The following types of the dislocations are distinguished

14. Fracture of the ulna + dislocation of the radial head – this

15. What fractures of the forearm are characteristic of childhood?

16. What is a Benetta fracture

18. The forearm looks elongated when dislocated

19. Dislocations of both bones of the forearm can be

TOPIC 4 INJURY OF HIP JOINT, FEMUR AND KNEE JOINT (100%)

3. Which symptom is most characteristic of a hip fracture

4. What symptoms are significant for hip fractures

5. For anterior dislocation of the femoral head is characterized by deformation

6. Thigh dislocation further tactics

13. What cause the long term consolidation of hip fractures

16. The main tasks of transport immobilization in fractures of limb bones

19. Indication for limb immobilization

TOPIC 5 INJURY OF LEG, ANKLE AND FOOT (95%)

2. For ankle hemarthrosis, the leading symptom is

11. Skeletal traction for the calcaneus is used for

13. Signs of calcaneus fractures are

14. Rupture of the deltoid ligament is most often accompanied by

18. Mechanism of pro national fracture dislocation in the ankle joint

19. In case of ankle fracture with displacement, it is shown

TOPIC 6 INJURY OF THORAX (100%)

1. With vagosympathetic blockade, the needle injection level corresponds to